Skip to main content

Full text of "Journal of ethnobiology."

See other formats


JOURNAL (of) ETHNOBIOLUGY 


A. 


_Matses Indian Rainforest Habitat 


Classification and Mammalian Diversity in 
Amazonian Peru — Fleck and Harder 


Ethnoecology of White Grubs (Coleoptera: 
Melolonthidae) among the Tzeltal Maya of 
Chiapas — Gomez et al. 


identity and Current Ethnobotanic 
Knowledge of Francisco Hernandez’s 
“Cicimatic” — ochoterena-Booth 


Management of Trees used in Mursik 
(Fermented Milk) Production in Trans-Nzoia 
Distric, Kenya — Mureithi et al. 


Faunistic Resources Used as Medicines by 
Artisanal Fishermen from Siribinha Beach, 
State of Bahia, Brazil — costa-Neto and Marques 


Folk Classification and Conservation of 
Bamboo in Xishuangbanna, Yunnan, 
Southwest China — Kanglin et al. 


Volume 20, Number 1 Summer 2000 


JOURNAL STAFF 
EDITOR: William Balée, Department of Anthropology, Tulane University, New Orleans, LA 70118 


(wbalee@tulane.edu) 

ASSOCIATE EDITOR — Alejandro de Avila B., A. P. 533, Oaxaca, Oaxaca C.P. 68000, MEXICO 
(serbo@anteque m) 

copes meage TA ANT: Meredith Dudley, Department of Anthropology, Tulane University, New Orleans, LA 


siren paige edu) 
BOOK REVIEW EDITOR: Michael K. Steinberg, Department of Geography-Anthropology, University of Southern 
e, Gorham, ME 04038 j du) 
SOCIETY OFFICERS 
PRESIDENT: phan M. Pearsall, American Archaeology Division, University of Missouri, Columbia, 
MO 65: 
PRESIDENT- ean Adams, Crow Canyon Archaeological Center, Cortez, CO 
SECRETAR RV/TREASURE R: rut Popper, UCLA Institute of Archaeology, Box 951519 Fowler A-210, Los Angeles, 
CA 90095-1510 
CONFERENCE (¢ Mollie S. Toll, Museum of New Mexico, Office of Arct logical Studies, Box 2087, 


Santa Fe, NM 87504 


BOARD OF TRUSTEES 
Eugene N. Anderson, University of California, Riverside, CA 
Enrique Salm6n, Fort Lewis College, Durango, CO 
Gail Wagner, University of South Cai, Columbia, SC 


Past eemicinst Steven A. Weber, Amadeo M. Rea, Pee S. Wing, Paul Minnis, Cecil Brown, Catherine S. 
1, and Nancy J. Lsompige Permanent board member Steven D. Emslie. The editor, president, 
act esi ‘Z , and conference coordinator. 


EDITORIAL BOARD 
Eugene N. Anderson, seeag Coce of California, Riverside, CA: ethnobotany, China, Maya. 
Scott Atran, CNRS, P. FRANC se eobniras tay beac donee Puen ‘enabsid Mae science, cc 
Brent Berlin, Gurion we Georgia, Athens 
Robert ye, Jr., Jardin Botanico, Liniwereidaul Nacional Artiecaia de iabce: México, D.E.,, ae ethno- 
lang. Mexico. 
H. Sorayya Carr, E] Cerrito, Spies zooarchaeolo, 


logy. 
Nina Etkin, University of Hawaii, Honolulu » A: medical ethnobotany, the Pacific. 
Gayle J. Fritz, Washington Universit ty, St. Louis, MO: paleoethnobotany. 
Terence E. Hays, Rhode Island College, Providence RI: ethnobiology, P. ew Guin 


apua N 
Chris 3 Healey, Northern ities University, Darwin, AUSTRALIA: ethnozoology, pe and New Guine 
Timothy Johns, Macdonald College of McGill Gndvensit Quebec, CANADA: chemical ecology, ata East 


Africa 
Harriet V. Kubalein, McGill University, yee CANADA: ethno/human nutrition, First Nations of Canad 


Brien A. Meilleur, Center for Plant Conservation, Missouri Botanical Garden, St. Louis, MO: es plant 
rvation, vison dili gar 
Naomi Miller, University of P. ine Philadelphia, PA: RES ethnobotany, Near Eastern Archaeology. 


Gary Nabhan, Ait Su Desert Museum, Tucson, AZ: ethnobiology, Sonoran desert cultures. 

Darrell A. Posey, Oxford Centre for the creating pene - —— Oxford University, Oxford, ENGLAND: 
natural resource management, ethn 

Amadeo M. Rea, San Diego, CA iltural e ology, 

Elizabeth J. Reitz, University of peseane Athens, GA: one. 

Mollie S. Toll, Museum of New Mexico, Santa Fe, NM istoric ethnobiol 


of 


The Journal of Ethnobiology is published semi-annually. Manuscripts for publication and book review sections should 
be sent to the appropriate editors as listed on the inside back cover of this issue 


© Society of Ethnobiology 
ISSN 0278-0771 


COVER ILLUSTRATION: Figure of “Cicimatic” reproduced from Hernandez 1959, courtesy of Helga Ochoterena- 
Booth. 


MISSOURI BOTANICAL 
Nov 1 6 2000 
GARDEN LIBRARY 


Journal of 
Ethnobiology 


VOLUME 20, NUMBER 1 
SUMMER 2000 


CONTENTS 


ETHNOBIOTICA 


MATSES INDIAN RAINFOREST HABITAT CLASSIFICATION AND 
MAMMALIAN DIVERSITY IN AMAZONIAN PERU 
Fleck and Harder 


1 


ETHNOECOLOGY OF WHITE GRUBS (COLEOPTERA: MELOLONTHIDAE) 


AMONG THE TZELTAL MAYA OF CHIAPAS 
Gomez et al. 


IDENTITY AND CURRENT ETHNOBOTANIC KNOWLEDGE OF 
FRANCISCO HERNANDEZ’S “CICIMATIC” 
Ochoterena-Booth 


MANAGEMENT OF TREES USED IN MURSIK (FERMENTED MILK) 
PRODUCTION IN TRANS-NZOIA DISTRIC, KENYA 
Mureithi et al 


43 


FAUNISTIC RESOURCES USED AS MEDICINES BY ARTISANAL 
FISHERMEN FROM SIRIBINHA BEACH, STATE OF BAHIA, BRAZIL 
Costa-Neto and Marques 


FOLK CLASSIFICATION AND CONSERVATION OF BAMBOO IN 
XISHUANGBANNA, YUNNAN, SOUTHWEST CHINA 


Kanglin et al. 


113 


BOOK REVIEWS OY, fas $40, ade 


ETHNOBIOTICA 


The Journal of Ethnobiology is its articles, book reviews, features, and other matter 
found between the covers of each issue, front to back. It is more, of course, than a paper 
product, though. The journal has for two ees served asa senses for seaterarepeai basic 
research, carried out from a variety of persp hic and tem- 
poral scale, into the relations among people, flora, and fauna. The authors of articles pub- 
lished in the journal have all had the advantage of seeing their work evaluated through a 
sometimes painful but mostly indispensable and excellent peer-review process. Now, the 
authors and their articles that have appeared in this journal, from the first issue of the first 
volume through the last issue of volume 19, are cross-listed in the fine index to articles 
prepared by Michael Thomas of the University of Florida. That index, inside its own cov- 
ers, accompanies this issue. It is the first index of the journal, and on behalf of the Board 
and myself, I thank Michael Thomas for his donation of time and expertise to this instru- 
mentally useful project. 

The editorship of the Journal of Ethnobiology clearly cannot be a one-person respon- 
sibility, as my predecessors also have known quite well. It involves a team effort par excel- 
wage pideocapina! alae ie bodies se display in carrying out its scholarly mission must 

e owed t tl idual t team. They are the authors, of course, whose names 
reside above their written outputs, as published herein. And the players include peer re- 
viewers of seas ai se — of reviews, translators of abatarss, and sone —e 

matters. It is 

playa who have donated their time, energy, and eepertibe ‘specifically to the publication 

of volume 19 and this, the first issue of volume 20 Ms e., ‘ab issues published since I became 
editor in May 1999). First, I thank th f reviews, some of whom 
prefer anonymity. The others are: Karen Adams, Edward Anderson, Eugene Anderson, 
Alejandro d’Avila, Tim Bayliss-Smith, Brent Berlin, Cecil Brown, Paul Buell, Robert Bye, 
Javier Caballero, Alejandro Casas, Iris Engstrand, Nina Etkin, Gayle Fritz, Jaap Harden, 
David Harris, Terry Hays, Eugene Hunn, Timothy Johns, Leslie Main Johnson, Elaine Joyal, 
Heidi Lennstrom, W. Litcinger, Brien Meilleur, Madonna Moss, Gary Nabhan, Debby 
Pearsall, Darrell Posey, Amadeo Rea, Paul Richards, Wendy Townsend, Nancy Turner, and 
Yunxiang Yan. 

In addition, I gratefully acknowledge Adeline Masquelier for translation into French 
and Monica Miranda for translation into Spanish of English abstracts. Appreciation is due 
Anne Totoraitis of Publications Services, University of Washington, for expert advice on 
production matters and to Meredith Dudley of Tulane University for tireless and efficient 
editorial assistance. And I am grateful to Dr. Teresa Soufas, Dean of the Liberal Arts and 
Sciences of Tulane University, for making available funds that have been used in support- 
ing aspects of the editorial and publication process here. I can verify that the team is mov- 
ing the journal down field. Together, as we get closer to the destination of being on sched- 
ule, I hope that you, faithful reader, can join me in recognizing that diverse, individual ef- 
forts constitute the essence of this journal. 


Journal of Ethnobiology 20(1): 1-36 Summer 2000 


MATSES INDIAN RAINFOREST HABITAT CLASSIFICATION 
AND MAMMALIAN DIVERSITY IN AMAZONIAN PERU 


DAVID W. FLECK’ 
Department of Evolution, Ecology, and Organismal Biology 
The Ohio State University 
Columbus, Ohio 43210-1293 


JOHN D. HARDER 
Department of Evolution, Ecology, and Organismal Biology 
The Ohio State University 
Columbus, Ohio 43210-1293 


ABSTRACT.- The Matses Indians of northeastern Peru recognize 47 named 
rainforest habitat types within the Galvez River drainage basin. By combining 
named vegetative and geomorphological habitat designations, the Matses can 
distinguish 178 rainforest habitat types. The baie Sig basis of their habitat 
classification system was evaluated by d tics and 
mammalian species composition by plot sampling, trapping, and hunting in 
habitats near the Matses village of Nuevo San Juan. Highly significant (P<0.001) 
differences in measured vegetation structure eatin wee ss among 16 
sampled Matses-recognized habitat types. H di tion of palm 
species (n=20) over the 16 sampled habitat types was reiccted. Captures of small 
mammals in 10 Matses-recognized habitats revealed a non-random distribution 
in species of marsupials (n=6) and small rodents (n=13). Mammal sightings and 
signs recorded while hunting with the Matses suggest that some species of 
mammals have a sufficiently strong preference for certain habitat types so as to 
make hunting more efficient by concentrating search effort for these species in 
specific habitat types. Differences in vegetation structure, palm species 
composition, and occurrence of small mammals demonstrate the ecological 
relevance of Matses-recognized habitat types. 


Key words: Amazonia, habitat classification, mammals, Matses, rainforest. 


RESUMEN.- Los nativos Matsés del nordeste del Peri reconocen 47 tipos de 
habitats de bosque lluvioso dentro de la cuenca del rio Galvez. Combinando sus 
designaciones vegetativas y geomorfolégicas de habitats, los Matsés pueden 
distinguir 178 tipos de bosque. La base biolégica de su sistema de clasificacién de 
habitats fue evalaada documentands caracteristicas ieeiaies y composicion 


, atrapar con 
I 
trampas, y cazat en habitats reconocidos | om los Maines cane ‘de Sk comunidad 
nativa } d <U.UUL 
enl did 4metros de estructura d tacion entre | 8 16 Here. de caelsnaien 
d 


: & 
4 YW sdad hget teahyicia 


(n= 20) en los 16 tipos de habitat fue rechazado. Capturas de mamiferos pequefios 
en aie habitats reconocidos por los Matsés reveld una oneeranre no-aleatoria 
Pp I yy peq 3). Mamiferos vistos 


a q 2¢ . if 4 ry yy ee ae a Aan alanine 


A = o 


y FLECK & HARDER Vol. 20, No. 1 


——- tienen preferencias para cierto ee os eS ——— por los 

para qt ea mas eficiente cuando 

tran esfuerzos de busca en ificos tipos de habitat Stecsiaes enla 
estructura de vegetacién, en la composicién de especies de palmeras, y en la 

existencia de mamiferos pequefios demuestra la pertinencia ecolégica de estas 


unidades. 

RESUME.- Les matses, un indien du nord-est du Pérou, reconnaissent 

a7 ype d‘habitats (pour lesquels ils si mocaa oe termes Bos de Ja forét 
. En combinant ces termes 


Oo Sg 
a As s: rd + } 


pour les différents habitats g g ie giq 
distinguer 178 types d'habitats pres biologique de | 

a été évaluée en i de la végétation et des espéces 
ae me re avers heey ser de la végétation dans certaines parcelles- 

een piege da 

pres du village matses de Nice San Juan. Des différences trés ‘significatives 
(P<0.001) ont été trouvées abi - hercamrspid Bictirese mesurés pour la 
végétation dans les 16 types d’h L’hypothése 
d’une distribution homogéne des espéces de palmiers (n=20) pour les 16 types 
d’ habitats a été réfutée. Des captures de mammiferes de petite yaille dans dix 


— matses arevent a 


Pe an: 


de sae sib (n=6) € et Lge petits JOT ENF eles: ee ie aaieaane et des signes 


rencon 


espéces ‘de mammiféres ont une préfé ffi t marquée pour certains 
types d’habitats reconnus par les matses pour que la chasse soit effectivement 
plus productive si les efforts Bont soncenties sur ces Dabuaks. _Des ciicrenices 
concernant la structure de la végétation et la composition des espéces 

ainsi que l’existence de mammiféres de petite taille, dcnouice ee 
écologique des ces unités. 


INTRODUCTION 


The ongoing deforestation of the Amazon rainforest presents an urgent need 
to document its diversity and understand underlying ecological processes. Though 
it is widely recognized that high species richness in tropical rainforests is associ- 
ated with habitat heterogeneity, the patterns of habitat diversity within rainforest 
areas are poorly understood. Vegetation classifications of Brazilian Amazonia based 
primarily on flooding regimes, water quality, geographic location, and non-forest 
habitats within the Amazon basin (e.g., Pires 1973; Prance 1978, 1979; Braga 1979; 
Pires & Prance 1985). are useful for understanding variation on a large scale, but 
they are not suffi y detailed to describe habitat types present in a small local- 
ity. The classifications of Malleux (1982) and Encarnacién (1985, 1993), which are 
derived from the knowledge of foresters and local residents, respectively, are more 
detailed and thus more sensitive to variation within large habitat classes. How- 
ever, these classifications were designed for comparison of habitats throughout 
the Peruvian Amazon, and still lack detail, especially for terra firme habitats. De- 
scriptions of successional stages, initiated yearly by the deposition of sediments 
along large rivers (e.g., Salo et al. 1986; Lamotte 1990; Kalliola et al. 1991; Campbell 
et al. 1992), related well to habitat variation on a small scale, but these descriptions 


Summer 2000 JOURNAL OF ETHNOBIOLOGY 3 


are not applicable to upland rainforest, which covers the vast majority of Amazonia 
(approximately 85 percent [Prance 1978}). 

Some indigenous peoples of Amazonia have extensive knowledge of rainforest 
communities. This knowledge is reflected in detailed habitat classifications (e.g., 
Carneiro 1983; Parker et al. 1983; Posey 1983; Alcorn 1984; Posey and Balée 1989; 
Balée 1994; Shepard et al. in press) which have potential for use in conjunction 
with scientific surveys, particularly in rapid assessment of rainforest communi- 
ties for conservation. A case in point is the rainforest habitat classification system 
of the Matses Indians of Northeastern Peru. 

The Matses (also called Mayoruna; Panoan | 
Amazonian society consisting of about 1500 persons living along the Javari River 
and its tributaries in Peru and Brazil (Figure 1). In 1969 the Matses established 
peaceful contact with Summer Institute of Linguistics personnel (Vivar 1975), al- 
though they reportedly had intermittent contacts with rubber workers between 
1920 and 1930 (Romanoff 1984), and it is possible that as early as the fifteenth 
century some of their ancestors may have been reduced in missions to the east of 
their present territory (Erikson, 1994). Prior to 1969, the Matses avoided contact by 
maintaining hostile relations with neighboring non-tribal Peruvians and Brazil- 
ians, and by staying far from navigable rivers in the area between the Javari and 
Ucayali Rivers, and to the east of the Javari (Romanoff 1984). In the 1980’s some 
groups moved away from the inland villages and settled on the banks of the 
Yaquerana (Upper Javari) and Galvez Rivers. Acculturation of the Matses to the 
national culture is proceeding rapidly, but because of their recent isolation, older 
individuals (>30 years of age) still possess undiminished traditional knowledge. 

The Matses meet all their nutritional needs through traditional subsistence 
activities, including hunting, fishing, trapping, horticulture (primarily manioc, 
plantains, and corn), and collection of wild foods. They continue to procure the 
majority of their protein from hunting in upland forests for mammals and birds. 
The Matses use an elaborate system of rainforest habitat nomenclature and classi- 
fication to organize their knowledge of resource availability in order to conduct 
and discuss their subsistence activities more effectively. Their system allows them 
to identify as many as 104 types of primary rainforest and 74 types of secondary 
(successional) rainforest within the 8000-km? drainage basin of the Galvez River. 

Such narrow definitions of habitat types in Amazonia have limitations, and 
local plant species composition might be better characterized by broad descrip- 
tions of soil and hydrology gradients (Kalliola et al. 1993). However, we present 
the Matses system as a complementary tool for describing Amazonian habitat di- 
versity, particularly in light of the utility of systems of categorization for establishing 
conservation policy. The Matses knowledge of rainforest habitats holds potential 
for description of ecological relationships as well as floristic diversity, considering 
that some Amazonian animals are known to be largely restricted to minor habitat 
types; for example, collared titi monkeys (Callicebus torquatus) are habitat special- 
ists in creekside forests (Peres 1993) and ichthyomyine rodents are almost never 
found away from bodies of water (Voss 1988). 

This study was designed to provide preliminary biological descriptions of 
Matses habitat types and to investigate the extent to which Matses habitat desig- 
nations reflect quantifiable biological factors. To evaluate the ecological basis of 


£ i] )areani dj 


- FLECK & HARDER Vol. 20, No. 1 


Matses habitat classification, we sampled 16 Matses-recognized habitat types that 
occurred within a 2 km radius from the Matses village of Nuevo San Juan in north- 
eastern Peru. The objectives of this study were: 1) to describe the Matses system of 
rainforest habitat identification and classification; 2) to evaluate if Matses-recog- 
nized habitat types exhibit distinctive vegetation characteristics with measurements 
of vegetation density, basal area, = bpest species composition; 3) to ascertain if 
Matses-recognized habitat typ it different small mammal ition and 
abundance with data obtained through systematic trapping; and 4) to see if mam- 
mals observed while hunting with the Matses exhibited differential use of 
Matses-recognized habitat types. 


STUDY SITE 


The study area was located along the Galvez River (a tributary of the Javari 
River) at the Matses village of Nuevo San Juan (73°9’50"W, 5°17’30"S, 150 m above 
sea level), in the district of Yaquerana, department of Loreto, in northeastern Peru 


x 
: NY 
i8) 
SS. 7, ’ Oo 
: % O 
A a, © 
Iquitos eG . Pl 
PERU o 
Rivet = 
5 java : 
“e Jenaro Herrera 

Nueve 

San BRAZIL 

Juan 

sateen tn Galvez River 
Buen Pe — 
ra) 
ive 
& Javari 0 100km 
¥ ‘'s 


FIGURE 1.— Location of Nuevo San Juan study site in northeastern Peru, showing the 
Galvez River drainage basin 


Summer 2000 JOURNAL OF ETHNOBIOLOGY 5 


(Figure 1). Average annual rainfall (2900 mm) and average annual temperature 
(25.9°C) were recorded at Jenaro Herrera, the location of the nearest weather sta- 
tion, 100 km west of Nuevo San Juan (Marengo 1983). The period of heavy 
precipitation extends from late December through mid April; July and August are 
the driest months. The Galvez is a blackwater river with a narrow floodplain that 
seldom extends more than 0.5 km on either side. Although the dry season is not 
exceptionally dry, the water level in the Galvez falls impressively, a total of 10 m 
from April to August. 

The area around Nuevo San Juan is primary (“virgin”) rainforest except for 
gaps caused by windfalls and active and abandoned swiddens (0.5-2 ha horticul- 
tural plots) that have been cleared since the village was established in 1984. At the 
time that the Matses moved into the area, no villages had existed in the lower 
reaches of the Galvez for at least 25 years (Faura 1964). Woodroffe (1914), who 
visited the lower Galvez in 1905-6 reported that there was apparently no human 
habitation in the area except for a handful of rubber workers. None of the Matses 
who were interviewed recall there ever having been inhabitants i in the Galvez drain- 
age basin other than at the very headwaters. The Matses g rainforest 
areas within the Galvez basin that they identify as villages or swiddens of other 
tribes through the presence of pot shards, indicator plant species, such as the palm 
Elaeis oleifera, or distinctive tati , no such areas exist within 
a day’s walk from Nuevo San Juan, and so the Matses consider all areas surround- 
ing Nuevo San Juan that were not cleared by them or are visibly the result of a 
windfall to be primary forest. And we were not able to detect any areas around 
Nuevo San Juan that appeared to be advanced successional forest (but see Balée 
[1989] for the possible anthropogenic nature of apparently primary forests in 
Amazonia). The habitat classification system here includes only rainforest habi- 
tats, and so we did not consider beach vegetation or active Matses swiddens, which 
the Matses classify into at least three types based on the age and/or crop compo- 
sition of the swidden. 

According to Matses informants, over the last 12 years abundance of some 
game animals has declined and densities of species adapted to secondary forest, 
such as agoutis (Dasyprocta fuliginosa; see Appendix C for mammal species au- 
thorities) and pacas (Agouti paca), have apparently increased; however, there is no 
evidence of extirpation of any species from the area. 


METHODS 


The data for this study were collected during two field seasons totaling 18 
months from 1994 to 1996. From April to July 1994, twelve men from the Matses 
villages of Nuevo San Juan, Remoyacu, and Buen Pert were individually inter- 
viewed about the different habitat types that they recognized. An initial list of 
Matses names of rainforest habitat types was compiled from interview responses 
about the natural history of the local mammal fauna (Fleck 1997). Later, infor- 
mants were asked to list as many rainforest habitat names as they could and to 
describe them, and then to comment upon habitats listed by other Matses infor- 
mants. Subsequently, the informants were asked how they identified and classified 
these habitats and about the ecological relationships between mammals and these 


6 FLECK & HARDER Vol. 20, No. 1 


habitats. Only those habitat names that the Matses listed without my help were 
recorded in the initial listing, but when asked to describe habitats, they were also 
asked about habitat types mentioned by other informants. Interviews lasted from 
about 0.5 to 1.5 hours and were carried out without any other adults present. Trade 
items were exchanged for interviews, but these were given to informants prior to 
conducting the interview in order to make it clear that receiving the item did not 
depend upon the nature of their answers. While accompanying Matses on hunt- 
ing trips, they were asked to name habitats that we passed through and to explain 
what characteristics they used to recognized them. It is from these interviews and 
consultations that the final list of habitats was compiled. Habitat type names that 
were mentioned by only one informant or that were rejected as valid habitat types 
by more than half of the informants are not included in this paper. 

Sixteen Matses-recognized rainforest habitat types (hereinafter, habitat types) 
that exist within a 2-km radius of Nuevo San Juan were selected for vegetation 
sampling. The goal of the habitat comparisons in this study was to determine if 
the basic classification units (named habitat types) of the Matses system were eco- 
logically relevant units. The purpose of our sampling design was not to provide a 
complete floristic or structural description of each habitat type, but rather to de- 
termine if Matses-recognized habitats could be distinguished one from another 
with data from limited sampling. 

From April to July of 1996, eight 0.02-ha vegetation sampling plots (10 x 20 m) 
were established within each of the 16 habitat types by randomly selecting a start- 
ing point and a compass bearing for orientation of the plot. Two to four separate 
localities of each of the 16 habitat types were sampled; the number of plots per 
locality was related to the size of the habitat patch. At each plot, eight vegetation 
density estimates were conducted by using a 1 x 1 m density board marked witha 
10 x 10 (10 cm) grid. The board was placed on the ground in a vertical position at 
a distance of 5 m from the observer and the number of squares more than 50 per- 
cent covered by vegetation were counted for the bottom half of the board and 
again for the top half. Diameter at breast height (DBH; 1.3 m) was measured for 
each tree within each plot; trees with stilt or buttress roots reaching above 1.3 m 
were measured just above the roots. From the DBH measurements, mean basal 
area per ha and mean number of trees >10 cm DBH per ha were calculated for 
each habitat type. 

All identifiable palms (Palmae; palm nomenclature follows Henderson et al. 
1995) taller than 1 m were identified and counted within each study plot. Palms 
were selected for study because they are salient, readily identified components of 
most Amazon rainforest habitats (Kahn et al. 1988), because Palmae is probably 
the most economically useful Neotropical plant family (Balick 1984), and because 

alm fruits and seeds are also important resources for rainforest animals (Zona & 
Henderson 1989). Other plant species that the Matses indicated as important for 
identifying habitats were quantified at each plot: the number of Cecropia spp. 
(Moraceae) trees taller than 1 m, the number of Duroia hirsuta (Poeppig. & Endl.) 
Shumann (Rubiaceae) trees taller than 1 m, and the number of lianas >1 cm DBH. 
The following geomorphological data were also recorded at each plot: distance 
from the river (during highest water level), relative elevation (estimated elevation 
above lowest land within 50 m), perceived quality of drainage (during the dry 


Summer 2000 JOURNAL OF ETHNOBIOLOGY 7 


season), and water regime (maximum number of days a plot remains inundated). 
Duplicate sets of voucher specimens were deposited at the Instituto de 
Investigaciones de la Amazonia Peruana herbarium in Iquitos, Peru, at the her- 
barium at the Museo de Historia Natural de la Universidad Nacional Mayor de 
San Marcos in Lima, and at the New York Botanical Garden. 

Two dichotomous keys were constructed for identification of Matses-defined 
habitats in the Nuevo San Juan area, one for geomorphologically-defined habitats 
and one for vegetatively-defined habitats (Appendices A and B). These keys were 
developed based on habitat characteristics used by the Matses in teaching DWF 
how to identify habitats. 

Ten of the 16 selected habitat types and a Mat i idd d 
for small (<1 kg) mammals. The aim of this trapping was not to describe the entire 
mammalian composition of each habitat or to test for differences in composition 
with the surrounding habitat, but to determine if the sampled habitats exhibited 
detectable differences in small mammal composition. At each of the 10 habitats, 30 
Sherman live traps, 10 Tomahawk live traps, 40 Victor rat traps, 10 Museum Spe- 
cial snap traps, five pitfall traps with drift fences, and five Matses-constructed 
deadfall traps (total of 100 traps) were set at each habitat type for 10 nights (total 
of 1000 trapnights). Traps were spaced evenly over a 1-ha area within each habitat 
type, at least 10 m away from the edge of the habitat, with half of the Sherman, 
Victor, and Museum Special traps set 0.5 to 2.5 m above the ground. Two of the 
eight 0.02 ha vegetation sampling plots were established within each trapping 
plot. Traps were baited every afternoon with ripe plantain (except for deadfall 
traps, which were baited with manioc) and checked in the morning. All animals 
were identified and removed; voucher specimens were prepared for all species 
and from all animals tion. Because the number of traps 
was limited, the 11 areas were not trapped simultaneously, but rather one or two 
at a time successively over a period of 90 d (20 April to 18 July 1996), a period that 
coincides with the end of the rainy season and the beginning of the dry season. 
Voucher specimens are deposited at the Museo de Historia Natural de la 
Universidad Nacional Mayor de San Marcos in Lima, and at the American Mu- 
seum of Natural History in New York. 

From April 1995 to July 1996, DWF accompanied Matses on 108 hunting trips 
for a total of 583 h. The habitat types in which mammals were encountered during 
each hunt were recorded; two habitat names were recorded for each locality of 
observation, one for the vegetatively-defined habitat type and one for the geo- 
morphologically-defined habitat type. The location and habitat of signs of 
mammals, including tracks, dens, beds, scat, and scrapings were also recorded 
when the sign could be confidently identified to species with the help of Matses. 

In order to determine if the frequency of observations of mammalian species 
per habitat was different than expected by random distribution, the amount of 
time spent by Matses hunting in each habitat type was estimated by pacing Matses 
hunting paths for a total distance of 10 km, recording the points at which habitat 
types began and ended. Pacing data were then mapped by application of a global 
positioning satellite receiver (Figure 2). Vegetatively- and geomorphologically- 
defined habitats were calculated separately. Although the sections of the Matses 
hunting paths that were paced might not represent a random sample of the habi- 


8 FLECK & HARDER Vol. 20, No. 1 


tats that the Matses cover on long hunting trips, the path-length estimates provide 
a rough estimate of the proportion of time that the Matses spend in each habitat 
type while hunting. Because Matses concentrate search time and hunting effort in 
selected habitat types, depending on the target species, sampling was not random 
during hunts. Therefore, these data were not subjected to statistical analysis. Also, 
this part of the study was not designed to test any mammal-habitat associations 
put forward by the Matses. 


; «@ Matses houses at Nuevo San Juan 
Acte cuidi cue. small stream gallery forest —_ 


ens 
FIGURE 2.-- Geomorphologically-defined (shaded or patterned) and vegetatively- 


defined (outlined in white) habitat types in the Nuevo San Juan area, showing overlap of 
the two classification systems. 


Acte dada cue. large stream gallery forest 


Summer 2000 JOURNAL OF ETHNOBIOLOGY 9 


Vegetation densities, basal area and tree density were compared among the 16 
sampled habitat types with one-way ANOVA tests and Tukey multiple compari- 
sons. A Pearson Chi square test was used to test homogeneity of palm species 
abundances over the sampled habitats. All data recorded at each plot were used to 
construct classification and regression trees (CART; Brieman et al. 1984). CART 
analyses were used to see if Matses-recognized habitat types could be predicted 
using the measured habitat parameters. Three classification and regression trees 
were constructed, one for the eight sampled vegetatively-defined habitat types, 
one for the eight sampled geomorphologically-defined habitat types, and one for 
all 16 sampled habitat types. The dichotomous habitat keys were then compared 
— the classification trees to see if the two methods produced similar results and 

to | were important distinguishing fac- 
tors in both. Small mammal species diversity and abundance in the 10 trapped 
rainforest habitats and one swidden were analyzed using a chi-square test for ho- 
mogeneity of the distribution of animals (at three levels, family Didelphidae, family 
Echimyidae, and family Muridae) across the 11 habitats. Exact nonparametric con- 
ditional inference was used since the trapping data were sparse--there were many 
zero values for the number of animals of a species captured in a habitat, making 
large sample methods invalid. 


if the same habitat 


RESULTS AND DISCUSSION 


The Matses recognize 40 named categories of primary rainforest habitats (of 
which 38 are terminal categories) and seven named categories of secondary 
rainforest habitats within the 8000-km? drainage basin of the Galvez River (Table 
1). The Matses use different names for floodplain habitats while they are inun- 
dated during the rainy season, but these were not counted as different habitat 
types in this study (Figure 9). es Matses habitat classification system is divided 
into two separate (but physically t 1) geomorphologically- 
defined habitat types; and 2) vegetatively- -defined habitat types (Figures 2-4). 

Vegetation density varied significantly among the 16 sampled habitat types. 
One-way ANOVA tests revealed highly significant (P<.001) differences for veg- 
etation density among 16 Matses-recognized habitat types, for both vegetation 
density below 0.5 m (F=58.90; Figure 5A) and from 0.5 m to 1 m (F=65.52; Figure 
5B). Similarly, one-way ANOVA tests revealed highly significant (P<0.001) differ- 
ences for basal area (F=10.41; Figure 5C) and for tree density (F=9.06; Figure 5D) 
among the 16 sampled habitat types, though these characteristics were consider- 
ably less distinctive than was vegetation density. Significant differences among 
habitat types in the measured vegetation structure parameters indicate that habi- 
tat types are related to vegetation structure and, therefore, of interest for ecological 
investigation. Moreover, pairwise comparisons of each habitat with each of the 
other 15 habitats revealed significant differences (P<0.05 Tukey’s pairwise com- 
parisons) in at least one of the four measured vegetation structure parameters in 
all but three of 28 pairs of geomorphologically-defined habitats and in all but five 
of 28 pairs of vegetatively-defined habitats. For pairs of geomorphologically- and 
vegetatively-defined habitats, a higher proportion (12 of 64) did not differ signifi- 
cantly (at 95% C.I) in at least one vegetation structure parameter; however, some 


10 FLECK & HARDER Vol. 20, No. 1 


TABLE 1. Forty-seven named categories of rainforest habitat types recognized by the 
Matses within the Galvez River drainage basin in northeastern Peru. The Matses classify 
habitat types according to criteria of two majer ope 1) geomorphological features, and 
2) vegetation characteristics. The most i in the Matses classification 
system is between floodplain rainforest along seasonally flooded rivers and upland 
rainforest that is not subjected to seasonal flooding. Matses also distinguish between 
primary rainforest and | habitats. Numbers refer to habitat types sampled in 
this study and are used in subsequent tables and figures. See Appendix D for linguistic 
description of Matses habitat terminology. 


HABITAT TYPES DEFINED BY GEOMORPHOLOGICAL FEATURES 
Upland Rainforest 


1 quiusudquid Non-flooding forest adjacent to a river 
2 manan Hill crest (also called manan dadanquio) 
pieueiates Hill incline (also called macuésh potsen) 
tsimpiru Valley between upland hills 
acte dae cuéman Gallery forest along a large stream 
acte cuidi cuéman Gallery forest along a small stream 
3 dépuen Ephemeral headwaters of a stream 
4 mactac Poorly-drained muddy mineral lick 
tia* Upland palm swam 
anshantuc Permanently waterlogged swamp 
acte cuéman Floodplain 
5 actiacho Low seasonally flooded forest (called acte mauan during 
flooding season 
6 nacnédtsequid Levee flooded every year 
7 mantses Levee flooded only on years of exceptionally high water 
levels (called mashcad during flooding season) 
chian cuéman Forest along a floodplain lake 
acte mactac Mineral lick in floodplain forest 
8 itia dapa* Floodplain palm swamp (called itia mauan during flooding 
season) 
HABITAT TYPES CHARACTERIZED BY VEGETATION CHARACTERISTICS 
niméduc,* Primary Rainfores 
isanchoed Forest dominated by Oenocarpus bataua palms 
nistechoed Forest dominated by Iriartea deltoidea palms 
shuinte mapichoed Forest dominated by Attalea tessmanii palms 
budédchoed Forest dominated by A. butyracea palms 
9 miochoed Forest with understory dominated by A. racemosa palms 
10 budéd ushuchoed Forest with understory dominated by A. microcarpa palms 
11 shubuchoed Forest with emer. dominated by Phytelephas 
macrocarpa 
12 tanacchoed Forest with «id ooebi dominated by Lepidocaryum tenue 
palms 
dapaischoed Forest with understory and midstory dominated by A. 
phalerata palms 
cobisanchoed Swamp dominated by Euterpe precatoria palms 
tiantechoed Forest dominated by bamboo 
séntechoed Forest dominated by Cedrela sp. trees 
péncadchoed Forest dominated by pencad trees 


manipadachoed Forest dominated by Musa sp. wild bananas 


Summer 2000 JOURNAL OF ETHNOBIOLOGY 11 


13 mayanén sebad Forest with open understory, dominated by Duroia hirsuta 
trees 
14 isitodochoed Forest dense with many large lianas 
cuéte mampis Forest where only thin hardwood trees grow 
antinchoed Seasonally flooded forest dominated by A. maripa palms 
sinadchoed Seasonally flooded forest with understory dominated by 
Bactris cf. bifida palms 
shiuishchoed stoic flooded swamp forest dominated by Ficus spp. 
cana shétachoed y vegetation 


SUCCESSIONAL HABITAT TYPES 


15 tied shéni d dominated by 
Cecropia s hats and Marila spp. 
mayun tied Secondary forest f b d swidd villages > 50 yr old 
cuesbudaid recent blowdown characterized by creeping vines and no trees 
isitodo icsachoed Secondary forest thick with vines and young trees 
bucuchoed Secondary forest dominated by = spp. 
16 sedquequid*** Secondary forest from blowd shift with many vines and 
few Cecropia spp. trees 
cuéteuidquio tabadquid —_ Secondary forest hard it t competing pi 
vegetation and vines 
* itia and itia dap included in both cl ti since they are — by permanently 
terlogged soil ll as being dominat ty sn pa 
“niméduc, int g ] fers to all Pp y in th ie ifi (niméd 9) it refers 
only to primary ae 41 2 ea aes | a | s £088 4 any of t ra} she a M4 


ser nike is also used to refer wth a ee (Encarnacion 1993), primary { forest found on sandy soil 
here all trees are short and thin. The only chamizal in 
een far from Nuevo San Juan. 


of these pairs were not expected to differ because they often overlap physically in 
nature. 

Twenty species of palms were identified in the sampled plots of the 16 habitat 
types. Genera that could not be identified with confidence to species in the field 
(Geonoma and Bactris) were excluded from analyses. The null hypothesis of homo- 
geneity of the distribution of palm species over the habitats was rejected by the 
Pearson Chi-square analysis. In fact, some species of palms were present in 100 
percent of the eight sample plots of some habitat types and absent in nearly all 
plots of other habitat types (Table 2; Figure 6). This is not surprising considering 
that Matses recognize and name many of their vegetatively-recognized habitats 
after palm species (see Appendix D for linguistic analysis of habitat names). Habi- 
tat types that had 100 percent frequency of occurrence of a palm species also had 
relatively high mean densities of that palm species. 

Matses-perceived habitat types could be predicted with classification and re- 
gression trees using the measured variables. The classification and regression trees 
(CART) analysis of the eight geomorphologically-defined habitats correctly clas- 
sified all (N=64) of the sample plots into their Matses-recognized habitat type 


12 FLECK & HARDER Vol. 20, No. 1 


(Figure 7A). In the case of the eight vegetatively-defined habitat types, only four 
out of 64 sample plots (6.25%) were incorrectly classified (Figure 7B). When all 16 
habitats were analyzed simultaneously, 12 of 128 (9.375%) were misclassified (i.e., 
the CART analysis categorized 12 plots differently than the Matses did). The CART 
analyses produced trees that were similar to the dichotomous identification keys 
developed using apie information (Appendices A and B), with many nodes at 
the same position 

The 10 i habitats revealed differences in small mammal species com- 
position (Table 3), as well as species richness and abundance (Figure 8). The 
chi-square test for homogeneity of the distribution rejected the null hypothesis of 
homogeneity, indicating that the distribution of small mammals varies among the 
habitat types. 


A 


3 aes if — water level after rains 
quiusudquid——jmacuésh}—_mactac —-+_macuésh-+—-manan—+macuésh|}—dépuen— 
terra firme by river incline —_—smineral lick incline hillcrest incline , Stream 


headwaters 
Habitat Number: 1 4 3 


46 
é pie ae 


Pant 


ap, 


- alee s\t} I r ee cs “| 


cami Ne ruaeZ : * 
Dry season tnacnedtséquid}———actiacho_—_+—__mantses_—__—itia dapa—_—+| 


names low levee island dry floodable forest high levee palm swamp 
cay season }—acte mauan——+_-mashcad_—+_—itia mauan | 

: flooded forest high levee island _ flooded palm swamp 
Habitat Number: 6 5 i / 8 


FIGURE 3.-- Profiles of geomorphologically-defined habitat types: A) upland forest 
habitat types; B) floodplain forest habitat types, showing the annual range of water 
levels and dry season and rainy season names for the same habitat type. 


Summer 2000 JOURNAL OF ETHNOBIOLOGY 13 


A large proportion of the observations of some species of mammals were in 
certain habitat types (Table 4). Many of these values for sightings or signs were 
more than one order of magnitude higher than would have been expected based 
on the estimated amount of time Matses spend hunting in each habitat. This sug- 
gests that despite the large sampling bias, the listed species might show an actual 
preference for those habitats. 

The Matses system of habitat classification is different from other published 
rainforest classification systems (e.g., Pires 1973; Prance 1978, 1979; Braga 1979; 
Malleux 1982; Pires & Prance 1985; Encarnacién 1985, 1993) in that it recognizes an 
exceptionally large number of named habitats for a relatively small area and in 
that it uses two overlapping subsystems (geomomorphological and vegetative), 
rather than being strictly hierarchical. This study showed that these Matses-recog- 
nized habitat types can be recognized based on standard floristic and structural 
features (Figure 5). Moreover, these habitat types can be correctly predicted by 
CART analysis (Figure 7) and they can be identified with dichotomous keys (Ap- 
pendices A & B). 


aerial 


ye 


serene m 
stemless palm forest stemless palm forest stemless palm forest treelet palm forest 
Habitat Number: 9 10 11 


avait 


hid 


4 Th 


: ALS : 
pease 


L a a isitodochoed———+———tied shéni_ + sedquequid 


‘demon’s swidden’ liana forest abandoned swidden secondary forest 
Habitat Number: 13 14 15 16 


FIGURE 4.- Profiles of vegetatively-defined upland habitat types: A) habitat types 
dominated by understory palms; B) habitat types with other characteristic vegetation 
structures. 


14 FLECK & HARDER Vol. 20, No. 1 


Geomorphologically-defined habitats are identified by abiotic features includ- 
ing distance from a river, relative elevation, drainage quality, and water regime. 
Habitat types such as manan? ‘hill crest’, actiacho ‘seasonally flooded forest’, and 
quiusudquid ‘terra firme next to a river’ are identified using geomorphological 
features (Figure 3). All the rainforest in the Galvez River drainage basin is included 
in the geomorphologic classification system (Figure 2). Floristic composition and 
vegetation structure can be affected by water regime, drainage, topography, and 


BOTTOM VEGETATION DENSITY TOP VEGETATION DENSITY 

= 50 _ 0 
= s B 
0 o 
x 40 Z 40 
ra a 
te 30 | 30 
Ww Ww 
6 5 
© 20 © 20 
e 8 
<= 10 < 10 
ae | 5 lial 
w” a ; 

0 0 | 

13459103 12118147 6121516 13459103 12118147 6121516 
HABITAT HABITAT 
BASAL AREA (M7HA) TREE DENSITY 

60 C 1000 + 
= et > 800 + 
Ww 
2 40 7 o 
rad 3 600 
A 30 - 593 

< 

& <= 400 - 
2 20 + e 
8 id 
all a 

i : 

4 1615141331279 610251811 4161514133127 9610251 811 
HABITAT T: 


FIGURE 5.— Mean (+SEM) vegetation density, basal area (m*/ha) and trees (>10 cm 
DBH) per ha for 16 Matses-recognized habitat types. Habitats in panel A are listed in 
order of increasing mean number of squares covered; habitats in panel B are listed in the 
same order as in panel A to illustrate differences in horizontal vegetation densi 

between the lower level (0-0.5 m) and the higher level (0.5-1 m). Habitats in panel C are 
presented in order of increasing mean basal area; in panel D habitats are in the same 
order as in panel C to illustrate differences between basal areas and trees per ha in the 
same habitat types. 


Summer 2000 JOURNAL OF ETHNOBIOLOGY 15 


TABLE 2.— Frequency of occurrence of 20 palm species in Matses-recognized habitat 
types. Values represent the number of 0.02-ha plots, out of eight sampled per habitat 
type, in which a species was recorded (values appear in bold type when the palm 
species is part of the name of the habitat type). Numbers preceding palm species (1-20) 
correspond to numbered drawings in Figure 6. Habitat type numbers (1-16) correspond 
to numbered habitats in Table 1 and Figures 2-4). 


PALM SPECIES HABITAT TYPES 
bei 374 5 O° 7 8 8 1 11 ie is 14 15-36 


1 Astrocaryum chambira 3 1 > s | ar ae: 
2  Astrocaryum jauari 2 

3. Astrocaryum murumuru 62 2 2 EE Sa ee 4,4.) 
4 Attalea butyracea ee eS 2 

5 Attalea insignis 2 3 
6 Attalea microcarpa 2) 8 1 1 1 
7 Attalea racemosa 5 8 aot a8 
8 Attalea tessmantii 1 1 5 1 
9 Euterpe precatoria i$ 6 8.8 8.6 Ye 3 

10 Hyospathe elegans 3 1 1 nee 

11 Iriartea deltoidea - 24 4 3 3 1 

12 Iriartella stenocarpa Z 1 

13 Lepidocaryum tenue 1 8 

14 Mauritia flexuosa 8 

15 Oenocarpus bataua 7. D0 3 S40 4°43 2 
16 Oenocarpus mapora 1 Sie ae | 

17 Pholidostachys synanthera 3 2 

18 Phytelephas macrocarpa 3 3 8 2 

19 Socratea exorrhiza 2.7. 6 3 2 

20 Wettenia augusta ae 1 


11 12 13 14 151617 18 19 20 


FIGURE 6.— Drawings (to scale) of palms species identified in Matses-recognized 
habitats. Numbers correspond to numbered palm species in Table 2. 


16 FLECK & HARDER 


eee 
A distance from 
river <5m 
Renae 
PS x 
relative relative 


elevation <7 m elevation >7 m 


Mauntia Maunttia top top 
flexuosa flexuosa density density 
<3.5 >3.5 <25.875 >25.875 


Actiacho Itiadapa Nacnéd. Mantses 
5 7 


Vol. 20, No. 1 
| 
distance from 
river >5m 
| 
trees per trees per 
hectare <575 hectare >575 
top top distance distance 

density density fromriver from river 
<8.375 >8.375 <330m >330m 


Mactac Dépuen Quiusud. Manan 
3 1 2 


ey | 
B top density top density 
<31.8125 >31.8125 
aoe Wh me i 
ae | 
Attalea Attalea vines per vines per 
innleen i: <3.5 oe >3.5 plot <28.5 plot >28.5 
| 
Attalea Attalea Budéd Cecropia Cecropia top top 
racemosa racemosa Ushuchoed _ spp. spp. density density 
<4.5 10 <22.5 >22.5 “a a 875 
bottom bottom Miochoed Tanacchoed Tied Shéni_ Isitodo. Sedque* 
density density 9 14 16 


Mayanén Shubuchoed* 
13 10 


* Habitat category contains 2 misclassified plots 


FIGURE 7.— A) Classification and regression tree for eight geomorphologically-defined 
habitat types. Misclassification error rate was 0% for the 64 plots. Measured habitat 
characteristics used to construct the tree included distance of the plot from the Galvez 
river, relative elevation above lowest land within 50 m, number of trees per ha, number 
of Mauritia flexuosa palms in the plot, and horizontal vegetation density 0.5 to 1 m above 
the ground. B) Classification and regression tree for eight vegetatively-defined habitat 
types. Misclassification error rate was 6.25 percent (4 of 64 plots). Measured habitat 
characteristics used to construct the tree included horizontal vegetation density 0.5 to 1 
m above the ground, number of Attalea microcarapa palms in the plot, number of vines, 
number of Attalea racemosa palms, number of Cecropia spp. trees, and horizontal 


vegetation density below 0.5 m. 


Summer 2000 JOURNAL OF ETHNOBIOLOGY 17 


distance from the river, and other physical factors (Duivenvoorden 1996), so geo- 
morphologically-defined habitats generally contain a circumscribed range of 
species and predictable structures. 

Vegetatively-defined habitats are identified primarily by the presence of an 
obvious dominance by a plant species (e.g., certain palms) or plant life form (e.g., 
lianas) throughout the habitat. Miochoed ‘forest characterized by Attalea racemosa 
(an understory species of stemless palm)’ and isotodochoed ‘forest characterized 
by lianas’ are examples of habitat types defined this way (Figure 4). Named veg- 
etatively-defined habitats cover only 10-15 percent of the rainforest (Figure 2). The 
remainder of the area, called niméduc is not differentiated in the Matses classifica- 
tion. 

Because the entire rainforest is divided into both geomorphologically defined 
habitats and vegetatively-defined habitats, the two must overlap (Figure 2). Some 
vegetatively-defined habitat types can occur in several different geomorphologi- 
cally-defined habitat types, so there is not a one-to-one correspondence between 
the two subsystems. By combining tl land the tative habi- 
tat classifications, the Matses can refer to any locality with more detail and efficiency 
(Table 5). This seems to be a very practical solution considering that it would re- 


TABLE 3.— Captures of mammal species during 1000 trapnights in each of 10 Matses- 
recognized rainforest habitat types. (Common names in Appendix C.) 


MAMMAL SPECIES TRAPPED HABITATS TOTAL 
OCCUR- CAP- 
o Sw oO ss 8 12.13 14. 15 RENCE -TURES 


Didelphis marsupialis 1 2 
Marmosa murina 

Marmosops noctivagus 

Metachirus nudicaudatus 

Micoureus spp. 1 
Philander mcilhennyi 1 

Oecomys bicolor 1 
Oecomys cf. slits 3 
Oryzomys peren 1 
Oryzomys ean cf. 1 

Scolomys ucayalensis 1 

Mesomys ferrugineus 1 

Proechimys cuvieri 1 1 
Proechimys sp. 1 2 

Proechimys sp. 2 ee ee 2 
Proechimys sp. 3 1 

Proechimys sp. 4 3 S14 
Proechimys sp. 5 
Proechimys sp. indet.* 
Total Species (20) 
Total Captures . 6 7 6 16 18 13:2 6 
% skulls hed by kill bar. 


BP OWrRNR 
eB N eS 
— 
Set ee 
PSO Co 0) ae a 


PNN WP RNR RP RRP RPNHP DS TIN W 


i=) 
WWwWN W Dd 
pod 


Ke) 


N 
— 
oF N We 


woe 
N 
a 
A Sarer 
oo 
oo 


_ 
No 
oS 


18 FLECK & HARDER Vol. 20, No. 1 


SPECIES RICHNESS 


oi 
oO 
| 


A 


marsupials 


echimyids 


NUMBER OF SPECIES 
OC]ANWARADNOO 
| 


= P = murids 


15119 13 8 7 1214 3 5 Swidden 


HABITAT 
ABUNDANCE 
” 50 B 
oO marsupials 
> 40 
oa 
< 
CO 24 
i. 
Oo echimyids 
ti ra) ag 
faa) 
a If H 
za 
ae E E oF murids 


15 119 13 8 7 1214 3 5 Swidden 
HABITAT 


FIGURE 8.— Species richness (A) and abundance (B) of marsupials, echimyid rodents, 
and murid rodents based on data from 1000 trapnights in 10 Matses-recognized habitat 
types (and in a Matses manioc swidden). Data are presented for three groups (taxa): 
marsupials (family Didelphidae); echimyid rodents (family Echimyidae); and murid 
rodents (family Muridae). 


Summer 2000 JOURNAL OF ETHNOBIOLOGY 19 


quire much repetition to include such detail in a strictly hierarchical system. It 
should be noted that lexemes for the two classes of habitat designations are not 
combined by forming compounds or lexicalized phrases, but rather may simply 
be mentioned in the same conversation to designate a more specific habitat type 
or to describe a particular locality. 

The Matses system is al habitats | icular habitat 
type have several attributes in common (i.e., the categories are Sais: or logi- 
cally natural). Because traditional societies rely heavily upon the environment for 
subsistence, a habitat classification system that is useful for multiple subsistence 
activities (hunting, trapping, and gathering of food, medicines and construction 
material) would be useful and therefore more likely to be maintained in a culture. 


TABLE 4.- Mammal species that were frequently detected in Matses-recognized habitat 
types. The percentages of time spent in habitat types while hunting were calculated 
based on paced trail lengths. Sightings include animals killed or observed while 
hunting. Signs include fresh tracks and new dens. Proportions of sightings/signs were 
calculated as the number of times a species was recorded in a habitat type, divided by 
the total number of times that species was recorded while hunting. Calculations are 
separate for geomorphologically-defined (1-8) and vegetatively-defined (9-16) habitat 
types. 


HABITAT TYPE TIMEIN MAMMALSPECIES SIGHTINGS  SIGNSIN 
HABITAT IN HABITAT HABITAT 


1 quiusudquid 1-2% Saimiri sciureus 19% (5/26) 
2 manan 30-40% Priodontes maximus 0% (0/1) 79%(31/39) 
3 dépuen 3-5% Dasypus kappleri 70%(7/10) 65%(30/46) 
4 mactac <1% Ateles chamek 43%(9/21) 
Tapirus terrestris 33%(2/6) 49%(23/47) 
Tayassu pecari 40%(6/15) 52%(22/42) 
5 actiacho 5-10% Allouata seniculus 89%(16/18) 
Saimiri sciureus 62%(16/26) 
Isothrix bistriata 81%(18/22) 
6 nacnédtsequid <1% Dasypus novemcinctus 50%(2/4) 53%(9/17) 
7 mantses <1% Dasypus novemcinctus 25%(1/4) 29%(5/17) 
Agouti paca 20%(1/5) 23%(7 /30) 
8 itiadapa 2-3% Cacajao calous 52%(11/2) 
Tapirus terrestris 33%(2/6) 26%(12/47) 
9 miochoed 5-10% Dasypus kappleri 40%(4/10) 39%(18/46) 
10 budédushuchoed 1-2% 
11 shubuchoed 3-5% Mazama americana 20%(1/5) 27%(3/11) 
12 tanacchoed 2-3% Pecari tajac 29% (2/7) 25%(15/59) 
Prsakenn rir tridactyla 33%(1/3) 28%(5/18) 


13 mayanén sebad  2-3% : 
14 isitodochoed 1-2% Choloepus hoffmanni 36%(4/11) 


Cabassous unicinctus 0% (0/1) 48%(14/29) 
15 tied shéni 5-10% Agouti paca 40%(2/5) 37%(11/30) 

Dasyprocta fuliginosa — 60%(9/15) 44%(4/9) 
16 sedquequid 2-3% Saguinus fuscicollis 38%(10/26) 


Saguinus mystax 26%(8/31) 


20 FLECK & HARDER Vol. 20, No. 1 


TABLE 5.--Relationship between named rainforest habitat types, showing which 
vegetatively-characterized habitat types are found on which geomorphologically- 
defined habitat types. By using two names, the Matses can describe as many as 104 
types of primary rainforest and 74 types of secondary rainforest. 


VEGETATIVELY-DEFINED > GEOMORPHOLOGICALLY-DEFINED HABITAT TYPES. 


HABITAT TYPES. Mananucquio Acte cuéman 
2 er > 2: fae 8 8 
qm oe ee RT Oe aoe wee aes 
1 2G See ee Ret eae a echoes: t 
8: @ebet topes bce, 84sted 
Sf 8 ee €  tee f ek. 6 te 
se © 6 £6 @ oe. 2 4.8 
u t ae'n ¢c nC a2 8 cm 
d hf. a4 fi Babee wv aa 
q uaa uo s cy 
u c i c é St. 8 
i c q aa 
d ie u ee’ 
ee i 
m é d 
am 
aa 
n 


Primary Forest 


~~ 

wy 

2 

> 

> 
= S 

is) 
eh 

~< >< 


11 shubuchoe 


ec eS PSPS 
we mS OS OS eR eS 
KK KK KKK KKK KK KOK 
x KKK XK 
~~ 
*< 
x 
~ 


rs ON OS Oe OR On 


} 
2 
= 
as 
2 
i 
2 
ie) 
= 
=) 
is") 
a 
<>< >< >< > 
< >< >< > 


cuéte mampis 
itia 


antinchoed 
sinadchoed 
shiuishchoe 
siddattahoed 
itia dapa x 


KK KK 
~ 
~K KK OX 
~*~ 


Secondary Forest 


~*~ >< 


a 

> 

a 

S 

ie] 

= 

S 

& 

LW 
KK KK OK OK OX 
KK KK OK OK OX 
KKK KK 
KK KK KOK 
mK KK KK OK 
mK XK OK OX 

~ Kx 

x X< 
KKK KO 
KK OK OK OOS 
KK KK OK 
KKK KK 

~K 


cuéteuidquio tabad. 


Summer 2000 JOURNAL OF ETHNOBIOLOGY Zi 


For example, the Matses habitat shubuchoed ‘Phytelephas microcarpa stemless palm 
forest’ is notable to the Matses for containing palms for thatch (P. microcarpa), being 
located on good soil that is ideal for making swiddens, and having high densities of 
trees with edible fruits, which can be harvested seasonally and attract game. 

Although the Matses habitat classification system is not entirely hierarchical, 
each of oe two subsystems) is. Geomorphologically-defined habitat types are clas- 
sified into two m aj upland rainforest that i 
by seasonal flooding of a river (Table 1; Pheu 3A), and acte cuéman, floodplain 
forest along a river that is subjected to seasonal flooding (Table 1; Figure 3B). Veg- 
etatively-defined habitats are arranged in a very shallow hierarchy and are placed 
into two general categories: niméduc ‘ primary rainforest’ and an unnamed cat- 
egory for secondary rainforest habitats (Table 1; Figure 4). Thus, niméduc has both 
a general and a specific definition (i.e., it is polysemous with referents at two taxo- 
nomic levels). In the general sense it means all primary rainforest (niméduc,), and 
in the specific sense it refers to all primary rainforest excluding the other named 
vegetatively-defined habitats (niméduc,). The Matses do not have a named cat- 
egory for “secondary forest”, but interview responses clearly show that they place 
successional forest habitat types into a satogory that is is ; separate from the named 
category for primary rainforest, niméduc, (i.e., “secondary forest” is a covert cat- 
egory [Berlin et al. 1968]). 

Primary rainforest is characterized by high diversity and infrequent clump- 
ing of one plant species (Gentry 1992), so the Matses habitat types that are 
characterized by a dominant species of plant are the exception. The occurrence of 
vegetatively defined habitat types cannot be predicted by geomorphological fac- 
tors alone, but their distribution is probably related to some combination of edaphic, 
historical, and biological factors which favor dominance of some species. For ex- 
ample, higher densities of Lepidocaryum tenue, (the colonial treelet palm that 
dominates tanacchoed) were found in yellow ferralitic soil in higher densities than 
in poorly-drained gleyic soil (Kahn & Mejia 1987). The high densities of Duroia 
hirsuta and the dearth of understory vegetation in Devil’s gardens (called by Matses 
mayanén sebad ‘demon’s swidden’; Figure 4B) may be the result of a potentially 
allelopathic iridoid lactone (plumericin) produced by D. hirsuta (Page et al. 1994). 
The scarcity of pioneer species (e.g., Cecropia spp.) in sedquequid ‘natural second- 
ary forest’ (Figure 4B) compared to tied shéni ‘secondary forest from abandoned 
swiddens’ (Figure 4B) is likely due to advanced regeneration in natural treefall 

aps from preexisting small trees in arrested growth stages that are not killed by 
treefalls (Uhl et al. 1988). 

Miochoed ‘Attalea teml lm forest’ and budéd ushuchoed ‘Attalea 
microcarpa stemless palm forest’ (Figure 4A) have not been described as rainforest 
habitat types: in he iterature yeas Henderson [1994] noted that Attalea 

colonies). Perhaps P. macrocarpa and L. tenue palm 
forest habitats are more likely to find their way into the literature because they are 
very important sources of thatch in the Peruvian Amazon, while Attalea spp. are 
not. Miochoed and budéd ushuchoed (and shubuchoed, ‘Phytelephas macrocarpa 
stemless palm forest’; aid 4A), however, are important to the aeons because 
great long-nosed a rmadillos, D. ,an important re found 
frequently in these habitats. Shubuchoed and miochoed had relatively high small 


ye 4 FLECK & HARDER Vol. 20, No. 1 


mammal abundance and species richness, especially for marsupials, compared to 
other trapped habitats. This may be due to large numbers of macroinvertebrates 
that thrive in the leaf litter collected in the bases of stemless palms (de Vasconcelos 
1990) which may provide food for marsupials. Mayanén sebad ‘demon’s swidden’ 
is not an economically useful habitat for Matses, but these anomalous open zones 
in otherwise dense tropical forest are too obvious to go unrecognized. 

Kahn (1987) found that in eastern Amazonia, differences in palm species com- 
position and abundance exist among hill plateaus, hill crests, hill slopes (inclines) 
and depressions between hills; these differences were attributed to differences in 
declivity (angle of slope) among the sites, which affected the drainage and canopy 
structure, thereby creating different abiotic and biotic conditions for palms. Simi- 
larly, relatively small variation in elevation (39 m) can affect rainforest tree species 
composition (Lieberman et al. 1985); hills in the Nuevo San Juan area can rise up 
to 60 m above adjacent gullies. These studies lend credibility to the Matses percep- 
tion that hill crests and hill inclines differ vegetatively. 

Knowledge of rainforest habitats is important not only for describing floristic 
diversity, but also for understanding the ecology of animals in those areas. Capy- 
bara (Hydrochaeris hydrochaeris) in Amazonian Peru used beaches, Cecropia forests, 
and low levees more often than swamps, low flooded forests, and high levees (Soini 
& Soini 1992). Woolly monkeys (Lagothrix lagotricha) used colinas (inland hilly forest) 
and igap6 (seasonally flooded blackwater forest) more often than expected in Ama- 
zonian Colombia (Defler 1996). Squirrel monkeys (Saimiri sciureus) in Surinam 
showed a preference for liane forests and were found most often in that formation 
(Mittermeier & van Roosmalen 1981). Results of habitat-mammal associations re- 
corded while hunting with Matses reflect too much sampling bias to reliably 
determine habitat preferences by game mammals, but the high proportion of time 
that game species were found in certain habit to Matses 
hunters of recognizing many habitat types in order to hunt more 2 efficiently. 

Very poor drainage and perhaps toxic levels of some minerals in the soil seem to 
inhibit growth of trees so that a conspicuously low basal area and tree density exist 
in mactac ‘muddy mineral lick’ Figure 3A). Mactac amen are Amportant to the 
Matses for hunting and they i ) 
of the high likelihood of finding game there. Tapirs (Tapirus terrestris), white-lipped 
peccaries (Tayassu pecari), and spider monkeys (Ateles chamek) were found very often 
in this habitat, as well as howler monkeys (Alouatta seniculus), collared peccaries 
(Pecari tajacu), and brocket deer (Mazama americana, M. gouazoupira). 

The vegetation in dépuen ‘stream headwaters’ is neither conspicuously differ- 
ent from that in the surrounding habitats nor does this habitat type contain a high 
concentration of ly important plant species, but it is important for hunt- 
ing armadillos (Dasypus kappleri). D. kappleri make burrows in the eroded sides of 
dépuen gullies and the Matses have become quite skilled at detecting occupied 
burrows and flooding out the armadillos. The preferred location for searching for 
D. kappleri is in dépuen that overlaps miochoed, budéd ushuchoed, or shubuchoed. 
According to the Matses, armadillo paths are very common in these vegetatively- 
defined habitats because they contain good soil with large numbers of soil 
invertebrates. In fact, the preferred location for Matses to make swiddens is on 
shubuchoed, miochoed, or budéd ushuchoed, but not where these overlap dépuen, 


make their pati IS 


Summer 2000 JOURNAL OF ETHNOBIOLOGY 23 


but rather where they occur on manan ‘hill crests’ and macuésh ‘hill incline’ or on 
quiusudquid ‘terra firme next to a river’. Thus, it can i seen that Matses subsis- 
tence activities and knowledge of natural history kn itive to habitat 
types that are not lexicalized, but that they can, nevertheless, refer to with preci- 
sion using a combination of names from the two habitat classification subsystems. 

The Matses utilize their knowledge of habitat types to understand seasonal 
movements of animals. Folk natural history information from the Matses describes 
the movements of frugivores across several habitat types in response to habitat- 
specific seasonal availability of fruit and secondary foods (Harder & Fleck 1997). 
Many animals move between rainforest habitats during the course of the year 
(e.g., ungulates: Bodmer 1990), and utilize seasonally available resources in differ- 
ent habitat types within the upland and floodplain rainforests (e.g., primates: Peres 
1994; Stevenson et al. 1994; Defler 1996). 

Species richness of trapable small mammals was lower in actiacho ‘season- 
ally flooded forest’ than in any of the upland habitats, a trend similar to that found 
in upland rainforest and blackwater seasonally flooded rainforest habitats near 
the Ucayali River in Loreto, Peru (Fleck & Harder 1995). An important difference 
between two types of successional forest recognized by the Matses is that tied 
shéni had the highest abundance of small mammals of the 10 sampled rainforest 
habitats, while auxiliary trapping in sedquequid (350 trapnights) produced zero 
captures. Second to active swiddens, tied shéni is the Matses’ favorite habitat type 
for trapping Proechimys rats. 

Use of local habitat classifications of indigenous people is not a substitute for 
extensive regional surveys as in Terborgh and Andresen (1998) or for broader de- 
scriptions based on gradients in soil types and hydrology. Nevertheless, there are 
several applications of indigenous cl systems for diversity inventories 
and management planning. For example, a researcher could consult locals about 
the habitat types they recognize and ask to be led to the different habitats, thus 
efficiently finding some habitat types that might contain fauna or flora that is rare 
elsewhere, and would otherwise be detected only by chance. One innovative ap- 
plication of folk classification systems is Shepard et al.’s (in press) utilization of 
the rainforest habitat classification system of the Matsigenka Indians of Amazo- 
nian Peru to interpret LANDSAT images. Another use of indigenous habitat 
classification and resource knowledge is in designing, implementing and manag- 
ing communal reserves, national parks and other natural protected areas with 
indigenous populations. A case in point is the use of Matsigenka ecological knowl- 
edge described by Shepard (in press) to form a baseline for implementing a 
recently-approved Conservation International project in the Vilcabamba Cordil- 
lera of Peru that engages the local indigenous groups as primary stewards of two 
communal reserves and as stakeholders in a proposed national park. 

In order to develop effective conservation policy in Amazonian countries, it is 
essential to have an understanding of habitat heterogeneity in Amazonia, but un- 
fortunately at present there is not a habitat classification system for Amazonia 
available to scientists and policy makers that considers all minor habitat types 
such as those described in this paper. One way to develop a comprehensive habi- 
tat classification system for Amazonia would be to compile descriptions of habitat 
types recognized by locals and biologists throughout the Amazon basin, deter- 


24 FLECK & HARDER Vol. 20, No. 1 


mining which described habitats are similar enough to be considered a single habi- 
tat type, and determining whether habitats are geomorphologically or 
vegetatively-defined. The fact that Shepard et al. (in press) found a comparable 
classification system for the Matsigenka (more than 40 named habitat types in 

land vegetation classifications) suggests that com- 
piling a classification of Amazonian habitats in this way would be practicable. 
The problem with this approach is time. Indigenous knowledge of habitat classifi- 
cation is passed in an oral natural history that depends upon active hunting in 
traditional ways. These ways are being threatened by the onslaught of western 
culture. As young men move to cities or adopt western methods of hunting with 
shot guns and flashlights, fewer will learn or become skilled in traditional ways 
that depend heavily upon the indigenous habitat classification. Thus, it is impor- 
tant to study native habitat classifications before they are lost to cultural change 
along with their potential value to ecology and conservation. 


ACKNOWLEDGMENTS 


We would like to thank Dr. Robert S. Voss of the American Museum of Natural History, 
and Pekka Soini and Kember Mas of the Instituto de Investigaciones de la Amazonia 
Peruana Wh hens ee aian 
and Dr. Andrew Henderson helped with identification of ‘Pints specimens. Maa Sarid oo 
Sergio Solari, and Elena Vivar helped with prelimina , and Dr. 
Robert M. Leighty and Shanggang Zhou provided statistical analyses. We a are a6 tect to 
Dr. Ralph E. J. Boerner who reviewed an earlier draft of this manuscript, and to the two 
anonymous reviewers who offered many insightful comments. This material is based upon 
work supported under a National Science Foundation Minority Graduate Fellowship, an 
Ohio State Dean’s Fellowship, and an Ohio State Osbourn Graduate Fellowship awarded 
to DWF. Travel expenses to Peru were provided by a Latin American Studies Program 
Tinker Foundation Foreign Field Research Grant. Most importantly, we are indebted to the 
Matses of Nueve en Juan, Remoyacu, and Buen Pera for sharing their knowledge and 


their insight. \ ut their hospitality andr t tudy could I realized 


NOTES 


' The first author’s current address, to where correspondence should be sent, is: 
David W. Fleck 

Department of Linguistics - MS 23 

Rice University 

P.O. Box 1892 

Houston, Texas 77251-1892 


* The orthography used here is the practical orthography developed by SIL personnel for 
Bible translation and pedagogical materials, which has become the official writing system 
for the Matses (Kneeland 1979). The alphabet is phonemically-based and modeled after 
Spanish orthography. To produce a pronunciation that approximates Matses, words writ- 
ten in this orthography may be pronounced as if reading Spanish, with the following ex- 
ceptions: @ is a high central unrounded vowel [ ]; c (spelled qu preceding e, é and i) is 
pronounced as a Loe stop word-finally and preceding consonants, and as [k] elsewhere; 
disr | flap [ ] between vowels, and as a [d] elsewhere; and ts should be read 
as an unvoiced veil affricate. Word-level stress is on even-numbered syllables (count- 
ing from left to right) unless otherwise marked. 


Summer 2000 


JOURNAL OF ETHNOBIOLOGY 25 


LITERATURE CITED 


ALCORN, JANICE B. 1984. Huastec Mayan 
peerage University of Texas Press, 


Aus 
BALEE, ‘WILLIAM. 1989. The culture of 


and Folk Strategies, Darrell A. Posey 
and William Balée aoe Advances 
in Economic Botany Vol. 7 New 
York Botanical Garden, Bronx, New 
York. 


. 1994. Footprints of the Fore 
Ka’apor Ethnobotany - the Historical 
Ecology of Plant Utilization by a 
Amazonian People. Co tutta 


University ew Y 
BALICK, MICHAEL J. 1984. Ethnobotany 
of ‘pa alms in the Neotropics. Pp. 9-23 


aa 


T. Prance and Jacquelyn. A, Kallunki 
Seah Advances in Economic Botany 
1, The New York Botanical Garden, 


DENNIS _ E. 


1968. Covert categories and folk 
taxonomy. American Anthropologist 
70:290-299. 
he tate ; . 1973. General 
principles of classification and 
biology. American 
Anthropologist 78: me 242 
BODMER, RICHARDE. 1990. Responses « of 


Amazon floodplain. Journal of Tropical 
Ecology 6:191- 

BRAGA, PEDRO [VO SOARES 1979. 
Subdivisao fitogeografica, tipos de 
vegetacdo, conservacao e inventario 
floristico da floresta amaz6nica. Acta 
Amazonica 9:53-80. 

BRIEMAN, LEO, JEROME H. FRIEDMAN, 
RICHARD A. OLSHEN and CHARLES 
J. STONE. ane Classification and 
Pa aia Trees. Wadsworth Advance 

and Software, Bellmont, 
California, 

CAMPBELL, DAVID G., JUDY L. STONE 
and ARITO ROSAS, JR. 1992. A 
comparison of the phytosociology and 
dynamics of three floodplain (vdrzea) 
forests of known ages, Rio Jurua, western 
Brazilian Amazon. Botanical Journal of 
the Linnean Society 108:213-237. 


CARNEIRO, sec! L. ae The 
cultivation of manioc among the 
Kuikuru of the Upoer nee Pp. 65-111 
in Adaptive Responses of Native 
Amazonians, Raymond B. Hames and 
William T. bigs (editors). Academic 
Press, New York. 

CONKLIN, HAROLD Cr" 1962. 
Lexicographical treatment of folk 
taxonomies. International Journal of 


Echimyidae) from the western Am 
of Peru. Proceedings of the Cpe gag 
Society of Washington 111:4 

DEFLER, pect 1996. reed of the 
ranging patte oup of wil 
woolly oe (Lagotri lagothricha). 
American Journal of Primatology 
38:289-302. 

DE VASCONCELOS, HERALDO LUIS. 
1990. Effects of litter collection by 
understory palms on the associated 
m 


DUIVENVOORDEN, J. F. 1996. Patterns of 
f the 

middle Caqueta area, Colombia, NW 
Amazonia. Biotropica 28:142-158. 

EMMONS, LOUISE H. 1993. On the identity 
of Echimys didelphoides Desmarest, 1917 
(Mammalia: Rodentia: Echimyidae). 
Proceedings of phe Biological Society of 
Washington 106:1-4. 

and FRANCOIS FEER. 1997, 
Neotropical Rainforest Mammals: A 
Field Guide (2nd Edition). University of 
Chicago Press, Chicago. 

ENCARNACION, FILOMENO. 1985. 
Introduccion a la flora y vegetacién de 

ia d 


formaciones vegetales en la llanura 

amazonica. Candollea 40:237-252. 

. El bosque y las formaciones 
vegetales en la llanura amazo6nica del 
Per. Alma Mater 6:95-114. 

ERIKSON, PHILIPPE. 1994. Los Mayoru 
Pp. 3-127 in Guia Etnografica de la Alta 
Amazonia, Volumen II, Fernando 
Santos and Frederica agit (editors). 
Flacso, Quito, Ecuador. 


26 FLECK & HARDER 


FAURA GAIG, GUILLERMO F. 1964. Los 
Rios de la Amazonia Peruana. Colegio 
Militar Leoncio Prado, Callao, Peru. 

FLECK, DAVID W. 1997. Mammalian 
Diversity in Rainforest Habitats as 
Recognized by Matses Indians in the 
Peruvian Amazon. M.S. — The Ohio 
State University, ee 

D. HARDER. 1995. 
Ecology of _marsupials in two 
Amazonian tl t 


Peru. Journal of Mammalogy 76:809- 
818. 


, ROBERT S. VOSS and JAMES L 
PATTON. 1999. Biological basis of saki 
Pasa folk ag recognized by the 
es Indians of Amazonia Per 
eases? areal of Primatology 
20:1005-1027. 
GENTRY, ALWYN H. 1992. Tropical forest 


their conservation significance. Oikos 
63:19-28. 


HARDER, JOHN D. and DAVID W. FLECK. 
1997. Reproductive Saga 2 of New 
pials. P 


rm 
and Lyn A. Hinds (editors). University 
of New South Wales Press, Sydney. 
HENDERSON, ANDREW. 1994. The Palms 
of the Amazon. Oxford University Press, 
New York. 
tvtime tet ARIA . GALEANO - and 
RODRIGO BERNAL. 1995. Field Guide 
to the Palms of the Americas. Princeton 
University Press, Princeton. 
HERSHKOVITZ, PHILIP. 1992. The South 


(Marmosidae, 
— A taxonomic review with 
notes general morphology and 
relationships. Fieldiana Zoology, New 


ries 
KAHN, F. 1987. The distribution of palms 
as a function of local topography in 
Amazonian _ terra-firme forests. 
oo 43:251-259. 
KEMBER MEJIA. 1987. Notes 


tessmannii. Principes 31:1 
erect and ALINE DE CASTRO. 
1988. ‘Species richness and density of 
ms in terra firme forests of 
Amazonia. Biotropica 20:266-269. 


Vol. 20, No. 1 


KALLIOLA, RISTO, MAARIT PUHAKKA 
and WALTER DANJOY (editors). 1993 


Jyvaskyla, Finland. 

Sieistty , JUKKA SALO, HANNA 
TOUMISTO and KALLE 
RUOKOLAINEN. 1991. The dynamics, 
dictrihiition an 


eraramn 


vegetation in Peruvian Amazonia. 
Annales Botanici Fennici 28:225-239. 
KNEELAND, HARRIET. 1979. Lecciones 


Verano, Documento de Trabajo Numero 


LAMOTTE, SANDRINE. 1990. Fluvial 
d s and succession in the lower 


RMAN, G. S. HART RN 
RODOLFO PERALTA. 1985. Small-scale 
altitudinal variation in lowland wet 
tropical forest vegetation. Journal of 
eee 73:505-516. 

MALLEUX, JORGE. 1982. Inventarios 
Sees en Bosques_ seepage 
Universidad Nacional Agrari , Peru. 

MARENGO ORSINI, JOSE. 1983. Estudio 
Agroclimatico en la Zona de Jenaro 
Herrera (Requena, Loreto) y Climatico 
en la Selva Baja Norte del Pert esis, 
Universidad Wacleedl Agraria La 
Molina, Lima, Peru. 

MITTERMEIER, RUSSELL A. and MARC 
G. M ROOSMALEN. 1981. 
Preliminary observations on habitat 
utilization of diet in eight Surinam 
monkeys. Folia Primatologica 36:1-39. 

PAGE, J. E., S. MADRINAN and G. H. N. 
TOWERS. 1994. Identification of a plant 
growth inhibiting iridoid lactone from 

f the 


‘Devil’s Garden’. Experientia 50:840- 


PARKER, EUGENE, DARREL POSEY, 
JOHN FRECHIONE and LUIZ 
FRANCELINO DA SILVA. 
Resource exploitation in Amazonia: 


Museum of Natural History 52:163-203. 


Summer 2000 


PATTON, JAMES L. and MARIA 
NAZARETH F. DA SILVA. 1997, 
oer oP ms gsinen of es four- 

eyed ums (Didelphidae: 
Philander). ‘Souenal of xocheutiog: 
78:90-102. 

secsnlgeted and J. R. MALCOLM. 2000. 
Mammals ¢ of the Rio aioe and the 
evolutionar ological 
diversification of Bisel Bulletin of 
the Amer Ps an Museum of Natural 

History 244:1-306. 

PERES, CARLOS, A. 1993. Structure and 
spatial organization of an er mgr 
terra firme forest primate unity. 
Journal of Tropical Ecology 9: 259- 276. 

1994, Pri e responses to 
phenological changes in an Amazonian 


u 
Goeldi no Ano de Sesquicentenario; 
Pubicagdes Avulsas, Museu Paraense 
Emilio eng Belem 20:179-202. 
LEAN T. PRANCE. 
1985. The vegetation types of the 
Brazilian Amazon. Pp. 109-145 in 0 
Environments: Amazonia, Ghillea 
Prance and Thomas E. Lovejoy pave 
Pergamon Press, Oxford, England. 
POSEY, DARRELL A. 1983. Indigenous 
ecological 


of the Amazon. Pp. 225-257 in The 
Dilemma of Amazonian Development, 
Emilio F. Moran (editor). Westview 
Press, iy Colorado 

ee WILLIAM BALEE (editors). 
1989. gore urce Management i 


Strategies. Advances in Economic 
Botany Vol. 7, The New York Botanical 
Garden, Bronx, New York. 

PRANCE, GHILLEAN TOLMIE. 1978. The 
origin and evolution of the Amazon 
flora. Interciencia 3:207-222. 

HILLEAN. T. 1979. Notes on 


ROMANOFF, STEVEN A. 1984. bates 
Adaptations in the Peruvian Amazon. 
Ph dissertation, Columbia 
University, New York. 


JOURNAL OF ETHNOBIOLOGY 27 


SALO, JUKKA, RISTO KALLIOLA, 
LMARI_  HAKKINEN, — YRJO 
MAKINEN, PEKKA NIEMELA, 
MAARIT PUHAKKA and PHYLLIS D. 
peseas 1986. River dynamics and the 
diversity of Amazon lowland forest. 
Nature 322:254-258. 

SHEPARD, GLENN JR. in press. Resource 


Vilcabamba. In A Rapid Biological 
Assessment of the Northern Cordillera 
Vilcabamba, Peru, Foret S 
Schulenberg (editor). RAP Workin 

Papers 11. Conservation eal 
Washington, D 

OUGLAS W. YU, BRUCE 


MATEO 
Ethnobotanical ground-truthing and 
forest diversity in the Western Amazon. 
In Ethnobotany and Sara dean - 
Biological Diversity, Luisa 

Carlson, and Eglée poser en feciitccs). 
Advances in Economic Botany, The New 
York Botanical Garden, Bronx, New York. 

SOINL sap -. a SOINI. 1992. 
Ecolo del ronsoco o capibara 
( Pa adoenis Coa en la reserva 
nacional Pacaya-Samiria, Per. Folia 
Amazonica 4:119-133. 

STEVENSON, one R., MARCELA 1: 
QUINONES nd ORGE 
AHUMADA. 1994. Ecological peti: 

(Lagothrix 
lagothricha) at bead a National Park, 
Colombia 
Primatology 32:123-140, 

TERBORGH, JOHN and_ ELLEN 
ANDRESEN. 1998. The composition of 
A -§ £. 4 ‘4 1 1 and 


regional scales. Journal of Tropical 
Ecology 14:64 : 

UHL, CHRISTOPHER, KATHLEEN 
CLARK, NELDA DEZZEO and PEDRO 
MAQUIRINO. 1 Vegetation 
dynamics in Amazonian treefall gaps. 
Ecology 69:751-763. 

VIVAR, JUDITH E. 1975. Los mayoruna: en 
la frontera Peru-Brasil. América 
Indigena, 35(2):329-347. 

VOSS, ROBERT S. 1988. Systematics and 
ecology of ichthyomyine rodents 
(durciden): peters of morphological 


A oe oe a American Museum of 
Natural History 188:259-493. 


28 


FLECK & HARDER Vol. 20, No. 1 


ARRIN P. LUNDE AND WOODROFFE, JOSEPH F. 1914. The Upper 


“NANCY. B. SIMMONS. in press. The Reaches of the Amazon. The MacMillan 

mammals of Paracou, French Guiana: A Company, ore York. 

Neotropical lowland rainforest fauna. ZONA, SCOTT and ANDREW 

Part 2. Nonvolant species. Bulletin of the HENDERSON. 1989. A review of 

American Museum of Natural History. animal-mediated seed dispersal of 
WILSON, DON E. & DEEANN M. palms. Selbyana 11:6-21. 


Reference (2nd Edition). Smithsonian 
Institution Press, Washington D.C 


APPENDIX A. Key for identification of Matses-named geomorphologically-defined 
rainforest habitat types found within 2 km of Nuevo San Juan 


— 


= 


More than 3 m above normal peak river level, near or far from a river, never flooded 
by seasonal rise of a river Go to 2 
Less than 3 m above normal peak river level, always near a river, subject to seasonal 
flooding of a river 


Elevation rising 10-60 m above surrounding land Go to 3 
In a valley between hills Go to 5 
Adjacent to river, (up to 100 m from river)quiusudquid, terra firme adjacent to a river 
At least 100 m from river Go to 4 
Top of hill with incline <15° manan, hill crest 


Side of hill with incline >15°, 10 m above lowest point of valley 


macuésh, hill incline 


Along a stream Go to 6 
Not along a stream Go to 8 


Among several Sup gullies, gullies contain running water only during and im- 
mediately after rain épuen, stream headwaters 
Along a stream >1 m cK stream contains water all year 


Along a stream >3 m wide, stream floods during heavy rains acte dada cuéman, gal- 
lery forest along large stream 

Along a stream >1 m and <3 m wide, stream swells during rains, but does not over- 
flow banks during heavy rains .. acte cuidi cuéman, gallery forest along small stream 
Very poor drainage, ground always waterlogged or muddy........ mactac, mineral lick 


Area between gallery forest and hill inclines, fair drainage, ground damp, but never 
waterlogged tsimpiruc, valley 


“Island” elevated 7-13 m above surrounding land, does not flood during most of rainy 
season o to 10 
Relatively flat land, floods during most of rainy season Go to 11 


0-3 m below normal peak river level, flooded yearly, but only for a few weeks during 
highest water 1, low levee island 
0-3 m above normal peak river level, only floods on years of exceptionably high river 
levels mantses, high levee island 


Seman to a river or higher than land serene * it spies a river, drains well during 
dry seaso acho, seasonally flooded forest 
Never wad to a river, lower than land ting it f th , ground remains 
waterlogged during rainy season, dominated by Mauritia Pexuos palms sean nhiabiaineecnies 

apa, palm swamp 


Summer 2000 JOURNAL OF ETHNOBIOLOGY 29 


APPENDIX B.- Key for identification of Matses-named vegetatively-defined rainforest 
habitat types found within 2 km of Nuevo San Juan 


1 


co 


a 


Primary rainforest vegetation, trees at least 40 m high, some trees with thick (DBH > 
0.6 m) trunks o to2 
Secondary rainforest vegetation, trees not reaching 40 m, no trees with thick trunks 


Forest understory dominated by palms Go to 3 
Forest understory not dominated by palms Go to 6 
Forest understory dominated by treelet palms (Lepidocaryum tenue) ......... tanacchoed, 
Lepidocaryum tenue treelet palm forest 

Forest understory dominated by stemless palms (Attalea or Phytelephas) ......... Go to 4 
Forest understory dominated by Phytelephas sp. palms........... shubuchoed, Phytelephas 
macrocarpa dwarf palm forest 

Forest understory dominated by Attalea sp. palms Go to 5 


Forest understory dominated by Attalea racemosa palms .... miochoed, Attalea racemosa 
dwarf palm forest 

Forest understory dominated by Attalea microcarpa palms ... budéd ushuchoed, Attalea 
microcarpa dwarf palm forest 


Forest understory and midstory with low vegetation density and dominated by Duroia 
hirsuta (small dicot trees) ............... mayanén sebad, Duroia hirsuta ‘demon’s swidden’ 
Forest not dominated by Duroia hirsuta Go to 7 


Forest dominated by numerous large and small lianas, high vegetation density 
isitodochoed, liana forest 

Forest not dominated by any salient form of vegetation ... niméduc,, undifferentiated 
primary forest 


Forest dominated by Cecropia spp. Marila spp. and other pioneer tree species, rela- 
tively few lianas, few primary forest species; from an abandoned Matses swidden 
tied shéni, abandoned swidden 

Forest containing a wide variety of primary forest species that have sprouted vegeta- 
tively from stumps and roots of fallen trees, mixed with pioneer tree species, contains 
many small lianas and creeping vines; not from an abandoned swidden. sedquequid, 
natural secondary forest 


Note: The keys in Appendices A and B can be used to describe any locality within 2 km 
of Nuevo San Juan, Peru using two habitat names, one geomorphologically-defined 
habitat name and one vegetatively-defined habitat name. 


30 


APPENDIX C.- List of 84 non-flying mammal species captured, observed (*), or reported 


FLECK & HARDER 


by Matses (**) in the Nuevo San Juan area in 1995-1996 


Vol. 20, No. 1 


LATIN NAME? ENGLISH NAME> MATSES NAME‘ 
DIDELPHIMORPHIA 
Caluromys lanatus western woolly opossum abuc checa 
Didelphis marsupialis common opossum piocos 
Gracilinanus kalinowskii! | Kalinowski’s gracile mouse opossum _— checampi 
Marmosa murina murine mouse opossum checampi 
Marmosops noctivagus White-bellied slender mouse opossum checampi 
j | Andean slender mouse opossu hecam 
Metachirus nudicaudatus _ brown 4-eyed opo checa déuisac 
Micoureus demerarae Long-furred woolly mouse opossum checampi 
Micoureus regina Short-furred woolly mouse opossum — checampi 
Monodelphis adusta Sepia short-tailed opossum ama 
Monodelphis emiliae Emilia’s short-tailed opossum ma 


Philander mcilhennyi* 
XENARTHRA 


Anderson’s gray four-eyed opossum 


ya 
checa déuisac 


Bradypus variegatus Brown-throated three-toed sloth méincanchush 
Choloepus cf. hoffmanni Southern two-toed slo shuinte 
Cabassous unicinctus* Southern naked-tailed armadillo mencudu 
Dasypus kapple Great long-nosed armadillo tsaues 
lasypus novemcinctus nine-banded armadillo sedudi 
Priodontes maxi giant armadil tae cea 
py aaa didactylus pygmy ant eater tsipud 
Myrmecophaga tridactyla t ant eater shaé 
Tamandua tetradactyla collared tamandua béui 
PRIMATES 
Callithrix pygmaea pygmy _— madun sipi 
Ps aguinus fuscicollis saddleback ta sipi cabédi 
Saguinus mystax Binck-chestedx hee ae tamarin sipi ésed 
Callimico goeldii* Goeldi’s e sipi chéshé 


Alouatta seniculus 


Saimiri sciureus 
CARNIVORA 


y 
black spider monkey 
red uakari monkey 

titi monke 

white-fronted capuchin monkey 
brown capuchin monkey 


common squirrel monkey 


béchun ushu 
béchun chéshé 


poshto 
béshuicquid 
anca 


Atelocynus microtis** 


Galictis vittata** 
Lontra longicaudis 


short-eared dog 
bush dog 


n 
southern river otter 


mayanén opa 
achu camun 
bédi chéshé 
bédimpi 

téstuc mauequid 
bédi 

bédi piu 
batachoed 
bosen ushu 
bosen 


Summer 2000 


JOURNAL OF ETHNOBIOLOGY 


Mustela africana** Amazon weasel opampi 
Pteronura brasiliensis gent river otter onina 
Bassaricyon ii ingo shéméin 
asua nasua South American coati tsise 
Potos flavus kinkajou cuichic 
Procyon cancrivorus** crab-eating raccoon tsise biecquid 
CETACEA 
Sotalia oma gray dolphin chishcan chéshé 
Inia geoffrens pink river dolphin chishcan piu 
PERISSODACTYLA 
Tapirus terrestris Brazilian tapir néishamé 
ARTIODACTYLA 
Pecari tajacu collared peccary shécten 
Tayassu pecari white-lipped peccary shéctenamé 
Mazama americana red brocket deer enad piu 
Mazama gouazoupira gray brocket deer senad tanun 
RODENTIA 
icrosciurus — Amazon dwarf squirrel capa cudu 
Sciurillus pus Neotropical pygmy squirrel cacsi 
Sciurus Fi olivian squirrel capampi 
Sciurus igniventris northern Amazon red squirrel capa 
Sciurus spadiceus southern Amazon red squirrel capa 
Nectomys apicalis? water rat ca tanun 
Oecomys b arboreal rice rat shubu pecquid 
Oecomys cf. trinitatis arboreal rice rat abuc macampi 
Oryzomys cf. macconnelli rice ra tacbid umu 
Oryzomys pe 3 ommon rice rat tacbid umu 
Oryzomys yunganus rice rat tacbid umu 
Scolomys ucayalensis gray spiny mouse tacbid umu 
Coendou prehensilis Brazilian porcupine isa 
Dinomys branic acarana tambis biecquid 
Hydrochaeris hydrochaeris capybara memupaid 
Dasyprocta fuligi#osa ack agouti mécueste 
Myoprocta pr ratti* pie acouchi tsatsin 
Agouti paca pac ambi 
Isothrix bistriata yellow-crowned aioe tailed tree rat abuc maca 
Makalata didelphoides? red-nosed tre uc maca 
Mesomys ferrugineu us* spiny tree oy abuc maca 
Proechimys brevicauda spiny rat tambisémpi 
oechimys cuvieri spiny rat tambisémpi 
Proechimys kulinae® spiny rat tambisémpi 
Proechimys simonst spiny rat a bisémpi 
Proechimys steerei spiny rat tambisémpi 
4 Nomenclature follows Wilson & 
> Most common names from. Pome a ae (1997). x 


© Only lexicalized terms a 


the Matses (see Fleck et al. "1999 for ; paints overdifferentiation by the Matses), the Matses name given 
represents the non-terminal lexeme that as — bapsewie de to the scientific species. Also, — 


Nuevo San Juan are presented here 


1 Hershkovitz (1992) 2 Patton & da Silva (1997) 
3 Patton et al. (2000) 4 Voss et al. (in press) 
5 Emmons (1993) 6 da Silva (1998) 


Ps 


32 FLECK & HARDER Vol. 20, No. 1 


APPENDIX D.- Linguistic analysis of habitat terminology. 

Here all the habitat types listed in Table 1 are analyzed linguistically. Habitats 
are listed and discussed in three sections based on their analyzability. The first 
and second categories include terms that are not synchronically segmentable, and 
correspond to Conklin’s (1962:123) “unitary simple lexemes” and Berlin et al.’s 
(1973:217)  Auitanialyzable) primary lexemes.” The first category includes lexemes 
thath g in Matses, and the second category includes polysemous 
lexemes. The third category includes names with more than one morpheme, cor- 
responding to Conklin’ s (1962: £23) “unitary complex lexemes” and Berlin et al.’s 
(1973:217) “ung ble) primary lexemes” None of the habitat names 
include morphemes that refer toa superordinate category, so there are no terms 
corresponding to Conklin’s (1962:123) “composite lexemes” or Berlin et al.’s 
(1973:123) “secondary lexemes.” 

One notable trend in Matses habitat nomenclature is that all of the 
synchronically unanalyzable terms (category 1) are for geomorphologically-de- 
fined habitats, suggesting that these habitat names are older than those designating 
vegetatively-defined habitats. If indeed the geomorphological habitat classifica- 
tion subsystem is older, it is notable that plot it was this sub-system that was more 
easily classified by the CART analyses. 


1) Non-polyse rphemic terms: 

tsimpiduc ‘valley between hills’ 

anshantuc ‘permanently waterlogged swamp’ 

niméduc ‘primary forest/undifferentiated primary forest’ 
mananuc ‘upland forest’ (usually used with the emphatic -quio) 
manan ‘hill crest’ 

macuésh ‘hill incline’ 

mantses ‘high levee’ 

mashcad ‘levee island (flooding season term for mantses)’ 
actiacho ‘low seasonally flooded forest’ 

dépuen ‘stream headwaters’ 


Possible historical analyses.- The form uc appears to be a historical locative 
postposition. The only nouns in Matses that can appear in a locative phrase with- 
out a locative postposition are those ending in uc (these happen to all be habitat 
terms); so the term mananuc ‘upland forest’ is almost certainly historically de- 
rived from manan ‘hill crest’ and possibly once could be analyzed as ‘in the hills’. 
The term actiacho ‘low seasonally flooded forest’ obviously contains the word 
acte ‘water/river/stream’, but the form acho is not found elsewhere in the lan- 
guage (like cran- in English cranberry), so it is debatable whether this word is 
synchronically segmentable. 

Matses has a productive but apparently very old process of noun incorpo- 
ration using abbreviated forms of body part terms prefixed to noun, verb, and 
adjective roots. The prefix provides a locative orientation in reference to an actual 
or metaphorical body part. The words listed above are no longer synchronically 


Summer 2000 JOURNAL OF ETHNOBIOLOGY 33 


segmentable, but the form ma in elevated topographical terms may be related to 
the prefix ma- ‘head.’ Similarly, the form tsi in tsipiruc ‘valley’may be the prefix 
tsi- ‘hips.’ And finally, the form dé in dépuen ‘stream headwaters’ may be the 
prefix dé- ‘nose’(cf. “upstream” is débiate-mi ‘nose-Directional.’ 


2) Polysemous hemic names 
mactac ‘mineral lick’ also means ‘mud’ 
itia ‘upland palm swamp’ also refers to the palm species, Mauritia flexuosa’ 


The reason for separating these terms from those in one is that it is not clear 
which of the meanings for these terms is the older one, making it questionable 
whether these are old lexemes or recent coining of new habitat names through 
metonymy. Note that niméduc is polysemous in the sense that it refers to catego- 
ries at two levels of habitat classification (‘primary forest’ and ‘undifferentiated 
primary forest’), but this polysemy does not bring into question whether this is a 
recently-introduced term for designating a habitat type. 


3) Syncl ically analyzable names: 


Geomorphologically-defined habitat terms are mostly nominalizations and loca- 
tive phrases, while vegetatively-defiened habitat terms, especially for primary 
— mostly. involve the noun Pp paraee enclitic —choed ‘characterized by,’ which is 
av that can be used to describe any animate or inatimate 
atiey besides rainforest habitats (e.g., the name for the tayra is batachoed ‘sweet- 
characterized.by’ because it eats fruits and steal papayas; or a man with a large 
belly may be teased by calling him chichanchoed ‘stomach.parasite- 
characterized.by’). However, all the terms listed below represent lexicalized terms 
(they are used consistently, they have restricted meanings, and they are treated 
differently grammatically from ad hoc descriptive phrases). 


quiusud-quid ‘non-flooding forest next to a river’ 
rise.above-Agt.Nzr! (lit. ‘one that rises above’) 

nacnéd-tsé-quid ‘low levee that is flooded every year’ 
stick.out-Dim-Agt.Nzr (lit. ‘one that sticks out a bit’) 

sedque-quid ‘secondary forest from blowdown or river 
shine-Agt.Nzr shift with many vines and few Cecropia spp. 


trees’ (lit. ‘one that shines/is bright [due to 
sun shining through the open canopy]’) 


cuéte-uid-quio tabadquid ‘secondary forest where hardwood trees tree- 


only-Emph stand-Agt.Nzr areout competing pioneer vegetation and 
vines’ (lit. ‘one where only dicot trees stand’) 


cuesbud-aid ‘recent blowdown characterized by creeping 
fall.over-Pat.Nzr vines and no trees’ (lit. ‘fallen over’) 


acte cuéma-n 
river edge-Loc 


acte dada cuéma-n 
stream body edge-Loc 


acte cuidi cuéma-n 
stream branch edge-Loc 


chian cuéma-n 
lake edge-Loc 


acte mauan 
river flooded.place 


tied shéni 


swidden old 


mayu-n tied 
nonMatses-Gen swidden 


mayan-n_ sebad 
demon-Gen swidden 


cuéte mampis 
dicot.tree ?small 


isan-choed 
Oenocarpus.mapora-char 


niste-choed 
Tri artea daltnides -char 


shuinte mapi-choed 
sloth head-char 


budéd-choed 
Attalea.butyracea-char 


mio-choed 
A tta ] eA racemosc a-char 


budéd —_ushu-choed 
Attalea.butyracea white-char 
the name for A.microcarpa) 


FLECK & HARDER 


‘floodplain forest’ 
(lit. ‘beside a river’) 


‘gallery forest along a large stream’ 
(lit. ‘beside the body of a stream’) 


‘gallery forest along a small stream’ 
(lit. ‘beside the branch of a stream’) 


‘forest along a floodplain lake’ 
(lit. ‘beside a lake’) 


‘flooding season term for actiacho’ 
(lit. ‘flooded place by a river’) 


‘secondary forest in abandoned Matses 
swiddens dominated by Cecropia spp. and 
Marila spp. trees’ (lit. ‘old swidden’) 
‘secondary forest from abandoned swiddens 
or villages >50 yr old’ (lit. “non-Matses 
Indians’ swidden’) 


‘forest with open understory, dominated by 
D. hirsuta trees’ (lit. ‘demon’s swidden’) 


‘forest where only thin hardwood trees grow’ 
(lit. ‘small dicot trees’) 


‘forest dominated by O. bataua palms’ 
(lit. one characterized by O. bataua palms’) 


‘forest dominated by I. deltoidea palms’ 
‘forest dominated by A. tessmanii palms’ 
(“sloth head” is the name for A. tessmanii) 
‘forest dominated by A. butyracea palms’ 
‘forest with understory dominated by 
A.racemosa palms’ 


‘forest with understory dominated by 
A.microcarpa palms’ (“white A.butyracea” is 


Vol. 20, No. 1 


Summer 2000 


shubu-choed 


Phytelephas macrocarpa-char 


tanac-choed 


Lepidocaryum.tenue-char 


dapais-choed 


Attalea ph alerata-char 


cobisan-choed 


Fi 1 terpe preca toria -char 


tiante-choed 
bamboo-char 


sénte-choed 
Cedrela-char 


péncad-choed 
tree.species-char 


mani pada-choed 
plantain flat-char 
isitodo-choed 
liana-char 


antin-choed 
Attalea.maripa-char 


sinad-choed 
Bactris-char 


shiuish-choed 
Ficus-char 


cana shéta-choed 
macaw beak-char 
isitodo icsa-choed 


vine thicket-char 


bucu-choed 
Cecropia-char 


JOURNAL OF ETHNOBIOLOGY 


‘forest with understory dominated by P. 
macrocarpa palms’ 


‘forest with understory dominated by L. tenue 
treelet palms’ 


‘forest with understory and midstory dominated 
by A. phalerata palms’ 


‘swamp dominated by E. precatoria palms’ 
‘forest dominated by bamboo’ 

‘forest dominated by Cedrela sp. trees’ 
‘forest dominated by pencad trees’ 


‘forest dominated by Musa wild banana plants’ 
(lit. ‘characterized by having flat [leaved] 
plantains 


‘forest dense with many large lianas’ 
‘seasonally flooded forest dominated by A. 
maripa palms’ 


‘seasonally flooded forest with understory 
dominated by Bactris cf. bifida palms’ 


‘seasonally flooded swamp forest 
dominanted by Ficus sp. trees’ 


‘low floodplain adjacent to the river with 
dense thorny vegetation’ (“macaw beak” is 
the name for a species of waterside shrub) 


‘secondary forest thick with vines and young 
trees’ (lit. ‘characterized by vine thickets’) 


‘secondary forest dominated by Cecropia sp. 
trees’ 


36 FLECK & HARDER Vol. 20, No. 1 


acte mactac ‘mineral lick in floodplain forest’ 
river mineral.lick (lit. ‘mineral lick by a river’) 

itia dapa ‘floodplain palm swamp’ 
palm.swamp large (lit. ‘big palm swamp’) 

itia mauan ‘flooding season term for itia dapa’ 
palm.swamp flooded.place (lit. ‘flooded place in a palm swamp’) 


The last three terms listed in seen section contain words that are Eee to other 

habitat t ; itia are not ut rather 

occur at the same taxonomic level (and therefore are not * ‘composite lexemes” / 
“secondary lexemes.” 


1 Morpheme gloss abbreviations: 
Agt.Nzr ‘Agent — 
Gen 

char — iby 
ne 


Bon 
Pat.Nzr ‘Patient oe 
Emph Emphatic’ 


Summer 2000 JOURNAL OF ETHNOBIOLOGY oF 


The Ecological Indian: Myth and Reality. Shepard Krech III. W. W. Norton, New 
York. 1999. Illus., bibliography, index. $27.95. ISBN 0-393047-555. 


Shepard Krech’s book The Ecological Indian is the best of the works that de- 
bunk the concept of “the Indian” or “the indigenous/traditional person” as a 
natural environmentalist and conservationist, at one with nature. As he puts it: 
“For while this image may occasionally serve or have served useful polemical or 
political ends, images of noble and ignoble indigenousness, including the Eco- 
logical Indian, are ultimately dehumanizing (p. 26).” As this passage implies, he 
rejects also the image of the ignoble savage, “cannibalistic, bloodthirsty, inhuman 
(p. 16).” However, the present book attacks only the nobler image, although the 
second remains-alas-far more common in popular culture, recent Hollywood mov- 
ies notwithstanding. 

Most of the classic tales of aia oue waste of resources are at least men- 
tioned in this book. S me he credits. The core consists 
of six detailed case studies that speak to the seas of Ne ative American resource 
management. These studies have significance beyond the bounds of the book 
itself. 

The first concerns Paul Martin’s famous case for humans as the cause of the 
extinctions of Pleistocene fauna at the end of the last Ice Age (Martin and Wright 
1967). Krech does not look with favor on Martin’s thesis of a sudden, extremely 
rapid populations nena, spate ag rapid oo (This thesis is now un- 
necessary, t pre nd settlement in the Americas 
is becoming extensive. Martin can argue, reasonably, ree a long slow process, rather 
than having to insist on a wave of hunters marching in lockstep down the conti- 
nent singing “Stout Hearted Men.”) Krech also notes a singular lack of evidence 
in the form of kill sites; the argumentum ex nihil seems defensible here, because of 
the sheer volume of archaeological work done in the Americas since Martin’s book. 
We still await a significant number of finds. 

Krech also points out that “minifaunal as well as megafaunal animals van- 
ished (p. 38).” The lost include small birds, dwarf pronghorns, storks, and other 
unlikely game for Paleo-American hunters. Martin's attempts to explain these as 
all due to human agency are notably lame; some were giant scavengers depen- 
dent on megafauna, but most were not. Moreover, the climate of the Americas 
changed exceedingly rapidly at the time. Pleistocene habitats changed radically. 
Many have no analogues today. Harrington’s mountain-goat, a southwestern spe- 
cies (and a very unlikely candidate for hunter-driven extinction), lived in habitats 
that combined elements now scattered from mountain forest to desert scrub; it 
could not survive the wringout its plant community broke up. Areas rich in 
megafauna became hot and dry. Large animals dependent on water would have 
been wiped out with or without human agency. “Six outher extinction events 
marked the last ten million years in North America (p. 40).”. There had been 
others earlier. All followed hard on periods of rapid drying. 

Krech refers to the inappropriateness of the analogy to recent island ex- 
tinctions, which took place when people with far more sophisticated technologies 
entered far more circumscribed, predator-poor environments. I have mentioned 


38 BOOK REVIEWS Vol. 20, No. 1 


this problem. The Polynesians and other island pioneers brought dogs, pigs, rats, 
and new pathogens with them; analogy with recent island extinctions makes it 
certain that these did a good deal of the exterminating. The human invaders can 
be blamed in some sense for causing the extinction, but it was not really their 
deliberate bad management that ae it; it was their symbionts and parasites. 

In short, the Pleistocene xti s are almost certainly not a simple matter of 
overhunting. I find it impossible to believe that humans were the main factor, but 
equally difficult to believe that hunters were not one of the factors. As I see it, 

and increasing human popuission were eceany ona colli- 
sion course, especially as drying land als around water 
holes (cf. Glover 1997). Ambush must have been easy. appear was diffi- 
cult; the hunters would have had a hard time working out a plan, because every 
year the game diminished from natural causes. No doubt the hunters overshot in 
more ways than one. 

Krech also provided a solid and reasonable review of fire in traditional Native 
American management. Krech, however, paid too much attention to large-scale 
prairie fire and less to the more carefully controlled and targeted burning that is 
known in California, the Northwest Coast, and other western landscapes. He con- 
siders all the evidence carefully, but provides much more detail on the more 
destructive cases. He might have profited from comparison with Australia, where 
set fires probably helped exterminate large marsupials (Flannery 1995) but has 
proved essential to the survival of many small ones (Nowak 1999; Pyne 1991). 

Much less defensible is Krech’s stand on buffalo hunting. As he points out, the 
Indians at least left 60,000,000 buffalo on the plains for the white men to eliminate in 
the late 19th century. But, he maintained, the Indians wasted bison. This they did 
largely through the “buffalo jump”: Driving herds over cliffs and ravine rims. It 
undeniably involved a great waste of bison. However, Krech almost certainly exag- 
gerates the extent of this. Reading his work, one cannot escape the conclusion that, 
every time an Indian wanted a light snack, he drove a million buffalo over a cliff. 
The truth is more complex. For one thing, before the horse and gun, there were very 
few Indians on the plains. For another, not every jump got a million buffalo at a 
time-most managed to get very few indeed. For another, driving a herd of buffalo is 
exceedingly difficult even with the horse and gun; for tiny roving bands operating 
on foot, it must have been almost impossible. It would have, at the very least, taken 
the whole group a great deal of time to organize it. One would expect buffalo jumps 
to be very rare. This is indeed the case. Krech cites the displays at the Head-Smashed- 
In Buffalo Jump in Alberta as a source, so he is surely aware that those displays 
point out that there was only about one successful jump per quarter century. Other 
sites have even fewer jumps. Many were used once only. Of course, once a herd 
starts over a cliff, it may stampede, leading to the deaths of many times more buf- 
falo than a group could possibly butcher and utilize. Evidence, however, suggests 
that such a mass kill was a rare event. (Was it viewed as a tragedy?) Much more 
often, only a few buffalo went down, and these were more or less thoroughly used. 
Of course, the Ecological Indian of Hollywood stereotype would probably not have 
used the jump method at all. 

One main theme of Krech’s book is his contention that the concept that the 


Summer 2000 JOURNAL OF ETHNOBIOLOGY 39 


Native American concept of rebirth of animal souls allowed the Indians to kill 
without compunction. Virtually universal in native North America is the theory 
that animal souls are immortal; when one animal body dies, the soul goes to seek 
out another. This is taken by Krech as a license to kill. What Krech ignores is that 
in every well-documented case known to me-and I have worked with several 
Native North American groups and have read mythology or ethnographic data 
from all of them-this theory is used as a justification for good management. Usu- 
ally it is explicitly so used. The souls are believed to go elsewhere, or to refuse to 
reincarnate at all, if humans treat the animals with disrespect-and the worst form 
of disrespect is deliberately taking more than one needs. Weirs that block whole 
rivers, slaughter of whole herds of game, trapping out whole populations of bea- 
ver, and other such overdrafts on the resource base are prohibited; such offense 
makes the spirits go elsewhere. In addition, most groups have concepts of Mas- 
ters of the Game, or leader animals, or some suc turally powerful animals 
that watch over the animal beings and punish humans who overhunt. As a con- 
servation measure, this is hopelessly inadequate in an age of shotguns, but it is 
reasonably effective in a simpler, less heavily armed economy. I know this be- 
cause it is still very much alive and taken very seriously in the area where I now 
work, the Maya communities of the Yucatan Peninsula. It still operates to reduce 
hunting pressure very substantially. Overhunting goes on, but at least some game 
survives. 

Krech’s next case is that of the beaver, and here he reaches still farther out- 
though, again, he is careful to assign the worst blame to European enterprise for 
trapping the beavers out, and to luring the Native Americans to do most of the 
dirty work. But he seems to maintain that unchecked waste of beaver was ab- 
original. This is difficult to believe. Traditional Native American ideology of beaver 
conservation is too well-documented and widely documented to deny; it is still a 
feature of life in Canada. However, Krech follows the very shaky arguments of 
Robert Brightman (1993), who indeed found this conservation ideology, but main- 
tained it was a result of teaching by early fur traders and other white outsiders. 
The obvious problem with this is that Brightman, and Krech, rely largely on the 
testimony of fur traders who were trying to explain to the home office why fur- 
bearer numbers were thinning out. Blaming the Indians, who were claimed to 
waste beaver in spite of all the traders’ diligent directions to the contrary, was an 
obviously rather self-serving story. Perhaps it was true, at least locally. But the 
conservation ideology of the Indians, as documented by Brightman and virtually 
all other ethnographers, is the same general belief system that one finds from the 
Koyukon of Alaska to the Maya of Quintana Roo. It is encoded in myth and ritual 
all over the continent. It did not come from the fur traders. Nor do I believe that 
many fur traders were seriously interested in conserving the resource. They were, 
indeed, rather more prone to forestall rival groups by deliberately trapping out all 
beaver over vast areas. Ina single expedition, Peter Skene Ogden led a party that 
exterminated the beaver from most of Oregon and northern California (Ogden 
1987, orig. ca. 1827). The protestations of early writers, and their blame of Indians 
(whom they tended to regard as drunken and bloodthirsty savages), ring rather 
hollow. Conversely, to maintain his theory, Krech is forced to dismiss virtually all 


40 BOOK REVIEWS Vol. 20, No. 1 


41 


, from Frank Speck to Harvey Feit, as hopeless romantics in the grip 
of the Ecological Indian stereotype. Never mind that Speck and many others wrote 
at a time when the stereotype of the Ignoble Savage was overwhelmingly domi- 
nant and the Ecological Indian lay in the dim future. 

On the Northwest Coast, I found that the t t strategies and 
the real awareness of how to use the environment were found most strongly among 
the very traditional men and women, many of whom spoke little English. By 
contrast, the glib generalities of the “ecological Indian” sort were indeed found 
mainly among the young and English-educated. So the rhetoric may be learned, 
but the substance was old.! In Mayaland, there is no conservation rhetoric to 
copy; Mexican rural development strategy is still overwhelmingly focused on de- 
stroying nature and everything natural just as fast as aa Thus, it iB safe to 
ascribe -— Maya t teaching or behavior that 8 j y aware 
to genuine tradition. 

Books that paint the Native Americans in a good light-from frankly Ecological 
Indian sources (e.g. Hughes 1983) to more scholarly work (Berkes 1999)-focus on 
the best of ideology: on myth, cosmology, and teaching. Certainly, it is undeniable 
that all Native American peoples were intensely conscious of their environments, 
and encoded incredible amounts of knowledge-both pragmatic and “religious”-in 
their myths, tales, and cosmological teachings. Yet, as Krech points out, such people 
often compare the best of Native ideology with the worst of Western practice. 
Conversely, books that slant toward an Ignoble Savage view, such as Krech, and 
those that take this view to an extreme, including such intemperate writings as 
those of Martin Lewis (1992), Rod Preece (1999) and Matthew Ridley (1996), focus 
on the worst of practice: on overhunting, over-irrigating, overburning. These lat- 
ter writers have varied political agendas. Lewis intends to defend moderate 
political positions against those who see a need to dismantle western civilization 
wholesale. I agree with him-in fact, that is the theme of the present book too-but 
he had no need to trash the indigenous peoples in the process. Preece, who writes 
with the equally worthy goal of redeeming western civilization from charges of 
being anti-environment, unfortunately ruins his case by comparing the best of 
Western ideology with the worst alleged indigenous practice. 

Comparing best ideology with worst practice in 20th century America, one 
would see a gap between the writings of John Muir, Rachel Carson, and Stewart 
Udall, on the one hand, and on the other the area of wilderness paved, the number 
of species exterminated, and the acres of forests permanently destroyed. 

What is the truth? Muir and toxic waste dumps were both a part of America 
in the 20th century, and there was a great deal in between. The Native Americans 
too have a diverse record. 

These negative authors do not consider the superb management of resources 
that is extremely thoroughly documented for Pueblo agriculture, California plant 
management, Northwest Coast fisheries, and Maya swidden agriculture (except 
for the Late Classic overcut!). But, on their part, the Ecological Indian writers 
delicately write around the issue of human frailty: the fact that the spirit may be 
willing, but the flesh is weak. Moral standards are normally made to be impossi- 
bly strict, since moralists are sadly aware that people almost always fall short of 


Summer 2000 JOURNAL OF ETHNOBIOLOGY 41 


precept. If one prohibits overhunting, one can hope to reduce it, but not to elimi- 
nate it. 

These matters are highly political. The Ecological Indian theory, if taken seri- 
ously, might lead to giving Native Americans unlimited power over their own 
resources. This might have most unfortunate consequences. In a few limited ar- 
eas, it is indeed having such consequences already (see Terborgh 1999; and I have 
encountered the problem in a few Third World cases). 

Conversely, the Ignoble Savage theory was and still is a quite open and calcu- 
lated justification for depriving indigenous people of their lands and resources. 
Clearly, people who wander about on the land, burning forests and thoughtlessly 
exterminating game animals, are not exerting any “true” property rights; they 
should be driven off the land for their own good, since all they do if left in control 
is ruin the land for everyone else. This logic is still common in the United States 
and Canada-I have heard it countless times from ranchers, conservation biolo- 
gists, fishermen and many others-and is even more frequent in Third World 
countries, where I have found it in control of local policy from Malaysia to Mexico 
(cf. Ascher 1999). 

It is interesting to contrast = works on both sides with the classic eth- 
nographies from the days wh ying to document the facts, 
as well as the statements of the Native Americans elves, Those ethnogra- 
phies revealed the Indians to be superbly aware of their environments, and good 
but not perfect resource managers. The extrem , in both directions, is 
anew thing for anthropology-but, alas, all too Welwcen a groove for politicians. 


NOTES 


1 Krech makes a common mistake among anti-Indians of maintaining that Chief Seattle’s 
famous environmentalist speech, originally made in the 1850s, was a fake. It was, in fact, 
real. However, it was heavily larded with fuzzily Christian rhetoric in a semi-fictionalized 
rewrite in 1970-71. The exact words of the speech have been lost, but early versions agree on 
included Chief Seattle’s militant defense of his land, supported by some concrete and spe- 
cific environmental details. The remake added some general, fuzzily-virtuous sentiments, 
but did not radically change the sense of these particular passages. See Kaiser (1987). 


LITERATURE CITED 


1999. Why 


ASCHER, WILLIAM. GLOVER, JEFFREY. 1997. Human Impact 
amu Parte Gy eee ey 2 1 Resources tho Rinra and Moaonfaimna af A1ictralia 


Johns Hopkins eporeaces Press, 
Baltimore. 
BERKES, FIKRET. 1999. Sacred Ecology. 
Taylor and Francis, Phildelpha. 
RIGHTMAN, ROBERT. 1993. Grateful 
Prey: Rock Cree Human-Animal 
Relationships. University of California 


RY, TIM. 1995. TI a3. F t E ti 
. Braziller, New York. 


and North America during the Late 
Pleistocene. Ms. 

HUGHES, J. DONALD. 1983. American 
Indian Ecology. Texas Western Press, El 


KAISER, RUDOLPH. 1987. Chief Seattle’s 


Arnold Krupat (editors.). University of 
California Press, Berkeley. 


42 BOOK REVIEWS 


LEWIS, MARTIN. 1992. Green Delusions. 
D i Durham. 

H. E. WRIGHT 
(editors.). 1967. Pleistocene Extinctions: 
The Search — Yale University 
Press, New Hav 

NOWAK, Bic 1999, Walker’ s Mammals of 
the World. 6th edition. Johns Hopkins 
University Press, Baltimore. 

OGDEN, PETER SKENE. 1987. First Over 
the Siskiyous. Jeff LaLande (editor). 
Oregon Historical Society Press, 
Portland. 


Vol. 20, No. 1 


PREECE, ROD. 1999. Cultural Myths, 
Cultural Realities. University of British 
Columbia Press, Vancouver. 

PYNE, STEPHEN. 1991. Burning Bush: A 
Fire 3 of Australia. Henry Holt, 
New Yor 

RIDLEY, scant 1996. The Origins of 
Virtue. Penguin, New York. 

TERBORGH, JOHN. 1999. Requiem for 
Nature. Island Press, Washington, DC, 
and Covelo, CA. 


Eugene Anderson 
Department of Anthropology 
University of California Riverside 


Journal of Ethnobiology 20(1): 43-59 Summer 2000 


ETHNOECOLOGY OF WHITE GRUBS (COLEOPTERA: 
MELOLONTHIDAE) AMONG THE TZELTAL MAYA OF 
CHIAPAS 


BENIGNO GOMEZ 
EI Colegio de la Frontera Sur (ECOSUR) 
A.P. 36, Tapachula. Chiapas, México 30700 


ADRIANA CASTRO 
El Colegio de la Frontera Sur (ECOSUR) 
A.P. 63, San Cristobal de Las Casas, Chiapas, México 29290 


CHRISTIANE JUNGHANS 
EI Colegio de la Frontera Sur (ECOSUR) 
A.P. 36, Tapachula. Chiapas, México 30700 


LORENA RUIZ MONTOYA 
El Colegio de la Frontera Sur (ECOSUR) 
A.P. 63, San Cristobal de Las Casas, Chiapas, México 29290 


FRANCISCO J. VILLALOBOS 
Facultad de Ciencias Agropecuarias 
Universidad Auténoma del Estado de Morelos 
Av. Universidad 1001, Col Chamilpa, Cuernavaca, México 62210 


ABSTRACT.- A participatory study of white grubs of the family Melolonthidae 
among the Tzeltal Maya recorded traditional knowledge of this pest, and also 
maize cultivation practices utilized for deliberately or not managing the 
populations. This group of farmers has an ample knowledge of the bioecology of 
Melolonthidae present in their community. They know major life stages, and also 
natural enemies of larvae and adults, as well as the host plants used by the latter. 
Recorded agricultural practices that can reduce the damage caused by grubs 
include preparation of the fields; sowing; and hilling up soil around the plant. We 
contrast the knowledge of this Tzeltal group with knowledge generated by 
bioscientific methods, to make it possible to integrate and render the Tzeltal 
methods useful in possible programs for sustainable pest management. 

Key words: White grubs, Melolonthidae, corn, Tzeltal Maya, Chiapas, traditional 
knowledge 

1 a ae 


abiaenabonobe A través d t gia | f 
a Aala gallin ina cipo0a (Coleoptera: 


Melolonthidae) y y las prcticas pie a del cultivo del maiz que ‘realiza para el 
plaga. Este grupo de productores tiene un amplio 
conocimiento ‘de la bioecologia de los Melolonthidae que se presentan en su 


44 GOMEZ et al. Vol. 20, No. 1 


comunidad; cen su est lid la de los enemigos naturales de larvas y 
adultos, asi como las aed aceite de estos ultimos. Las practicas agricolas 
registradas que tienen un efecto en el dano causado por gallina Gren son: 
Preparacion de los terrenos, la siembra y el aporque. A trasta 
el cgoeane gees ‘ges este EFupo =e -tzeltal bases CORCCIEMENIDS  eeeaisaspeiaes por el 
étodo 


ey etes 
yl 3 FS 


de manejo Rceanabie de plagas. 


RESUME.- Une étude participatoire sur le vers blanc de la famille Mélolonthidae 
parmi les Tzeltal Maya démontré une connaissance traditionnelle de ce parasite 
et des pratiques en matiére de culture de mais utilisées pour contrdéler ces 
populations. Ce groupe de fermiers a une ample connaissance de la bio-écologie 
des Melolonthidae dans leur communauté. Ils connaissent les étapes principales 
de la vie de l’insecte, les ennemis naturels des larves et des adultes, ainsi que les 
Plantes oboe pee les adultes. Les pees agricoles décrites ci-dessous qui 

ges 5 q la préparation 
des champs; le nett d i herbes; l’ encemencement; et la formation 
de monts de terre autour de la plante. Nous contrastons le savoir de ce groupe 
Tzeltal avec les connaissances produites par des méthodes scientifiques, pour 
permettre l’intégration et l’utilisation des méthodes Tzeltal dans de futurs 
programmes de lutte antiparasitaire. 


INTRODUCTION 


The highlands of Chiapas have hosted, for more than 500 years, a rural popula- 
tion of Tzotzil and Tzeltal Maya (de Vos 1980). Their deep-rooted history has given 
casei wide experience and enowier ss of local resources. Part of this traditional 

recorded in the eth 1 work of Berlin et al. (1974, 1990), 
and the ethnozoological work of Hunn (1977), on Tzeltal folk classification. 

However, there is more to be said about perception of Melolonthiids among 
the Tzeltal. Farmers of the Chiapas highlands refer to these insects as k’olom (Tzeltal 
Maya), k’onom (Tzotzil Maya) or gallina ciega (Spanish; lit. “blind chicken”). These 
organisms are the principal cause of losses to grain, vegetable, fruit and flower 
culture in the area (Ramirez et al. 1999). There is evidence (Ramirez and Castro 
1997) that the level of damage caused by Melolonthiids in this region is similar to 
that recorded elsewhere in Central America (Quezada 1980; Rios-Rosillo y Romero- 
Parra 1982; Rodriguez del Bosque 1988; Morén 1993). However, we do not know 
precisely which species are pests in the area, nor do we know enough about their 
biology to propose a pest management plan with optimal possibilities for success 
(Morn 1986, 1993). Most of the literature on Mexico’s agricultural pests says that 
the name covers some eight species, but actually there are over 560 soil-dwelling 
larvae—root-eating ly either—in the “gallina ciega” com- 
plex (Deloya 1993; :Morén. 1983; Moron et al. 1996). 

ntil now, no one seems to have studied ethnozoological aspects of scarab 
beetles in Mexico (Moron et al. 1997), still less the gallina ciega. We have only a few 
notes on consuming them as food (e.g. Ramos and Pino 1989: 21). As noted above, 
we consider it important no conduct ethnoecological studies on rural and indig- 
enous knowledge of the N | Empirical | ht be ver y useful 


Oo oO 


Summer 2000 JOURNAL OF ETHNOBIOLOGY 45 


in developing strategies of management for these pests, and for conservation of 
other species in the same fami 

Ethnoecology, like many other disciplines, — a role i in community develop- 
ment. This di ditional wisdom i , and relates 
it to productive practice as well as to global economy and to the world of rural 
cultivation (Vasquez 1992). Bentley (1992) notes that technical collaboration with 
rural people should be based on what they know (or do not know), including 
what they might need to learn, teaching it in such form that it can be consistent 
with what they do know, and can learn in a manner that allows synthesizing the 
new information with the old. With this view, we carried out the present work, 
taking into account also the point that success in sustainable pest management is 
based on a broad technical knowledge and/or traditional knowledge of the 
agroecosystem. Our objective was to record and analyze knowledge of 
Melolonthidae, and of maize cultivation practices for managing white grub popu- 
lations thereof, among the Tzeltal of Balun Canal, Chiapas, Mexico. Additionally, 
we evaluated the possibility that this knowledge could be integrated with strate- 
gies for sustainable management of these grubs. 


The Study Area.— This investigation took place in the community of Baltin Canal, in 
the municipio of Tenejapa, Chiapas (a municipio is roughly equivalent to a county 
or township). This locality lies 22 km east of San Cristdbal de Las Casas, at 16 46’ 
49” north and 92 32’ 12” west. It is some 2240 m asl. It has a temperate, subhumid 
climate with summer rain (C[w,][w]), with temperatures around 14-16 C. The veg- 
etation of the zone includes cultivated areas (principally maize and beans), and 
fragmentary remnants of oak-pine and montane mesophyll forest (based on data 
from the Laboratorio de Informacién Geografica y Estadistica de El Colegio de la 
Frontera Sur, 1997). 


The Tzeltal of Baltin Canal.— The population of the co ity is composed of Tzeltal 
Maya. As of 1990, there were 500 persons distributed in in 80 households; 47% were 
male, 53% female; 35% did not speak Spanish (INEGI 1990). 

In the same year, 45% were listed as economically active. Most (92%) were 
involved in primary production, principally maize cultivation (INEGI 1990). The 
fields were slash-and-burn, used intensively for two years. They were prepared 
for sowing in late winter and early spring. Sowing was done before, or at the 
beginning of, the May rains. The maize was harvested in autumn or the first part 
of winter. Because of the scarcity of cultivable land, as well as low yields and prob- 
lems with erosion and pests, the Tzeltal megibrated seasonally to work for pay in 
the coffee plantations or cattle ranches of Chiapas (Robledo 1994). 


The Melolonthid pests. The term gallina ciega— literally, “blind hen” or “blind 
chicken”— is the common Spanish term for larvae of beetles of the family 
Melolonthidae. It also includes some Scarabaeid larvae, and other subterranean 
pests. According to Morén et al. (1997), this name has no known origin, and no 
equivalent in other languages. They note it may have arisen during the first years 
of Spanish colonization. The only relationships between these larvae and the name 
“blind chicken” seem to be their lack of conspicuous eyes and the possibility of 
their being eaten by chickens. 


46 GOMEZ et al. Vol. 20, No. 1 


The Melolonthids go through a full transformation: egg, larva, pupa and adult. 
This cycle can take one to seven years depending on their geographic position. 
Most tropical species have cycles that are annual or biennial depending on envi- 
ronmental conditions (Villalobos 1995). 

Larvae of Melolonthids are often associated with grasses, legumes, rosaceous 
plants, and plants of the nightshade family (Mordén 1984, 1986). In Mexico they 
have attacked roots of maize, beans, sorghum, wheat, potatoes, rice, sugarcane, 
strawberries, carrots, spinach, tomatoes and onions (Moroén 1984; Rodriguez del 
Bosque 1988). Damage can be light (15% or less of roots), moderate (up to 40%), or 
severe (over 40%), depending on cultivation, environmental conditions, and state 
of development of the insect at a particular time (Villalobos 1995). The third larval 
stage causes the worst damage (Morén 1984). 


METHODS 


Because of criticisms of ethnoecological investigation, especially its methods 
(Vasquez 1992), we decided to modify and/or enrich the investigation with new 
techniques for recording knowledge. Particiaptory investigation can be very use- 
ful in that it proposes strategies focused on participation of a larger number of 
agents involved in the process of investigation 

The community of Baltin Canal was chosen due to the favorable disposition of 
the people and to earlier data on knowledge of the grubs that the people had pro- 
vided before the investigation. Most of the heads of families were involved in a 
society called “New Balun Canal,” an informal organization (not officially regis- 
tered). This made it easy to work with participatory methods. 

Field work was done from January to September of 1997, through 35 visits to 
the community, each one lasting two days and involving a Tzeltal interpreter. We 
held participative workshops and used various data-gathering techniques, such 
as direct observation and group interviews. We interviewed key informants in the 
course of informal conversation, and also gave guided and open-ended but stan- 
dardized interviews. We will proceed to describe various techniques used for 
recording data. 


Participatory workshops.— We held four bimonthly meetings with members of the 
“New Baltin Canal” society, which included 54 heads of families. At the first work- 
shop, with 32 persons (some being absent for wage labor), we explained the 
research. The intention of the meeting was to motivate those present to participate 
actively in the investigation. 
In a second workshop, with 40 persons, the theme was the cultivation of maize 
and the activities involved in it. Systems of maize phenology were laid out, as 
each pl tage, and activities during the agricultural cycle. 
The third meeting (49 persons) served to make known the principal pests af- 
fecting maize cultivation. We used pictures of maize plants; participants wrote 
down or indicated the organisms and the affected part of the plant. Individuals 
voted for pests considered most damaging. Thus we developed an ordered list of 
the five principal pests. 
In the fourth participatory workshop, 30 members of the New Baltin Canal 


Summer 2000 JOURNAL OF ETHNOBIOLOGY 47 


organization worked on knowledge of larvae and adults of the Melolonthidae 
specifically. They were presented with: larvae si pupas preserved i in alcohol, and 
adults mounted on pins, to elicit cl They were shown 
larvae of Melolonthidae of different ER (Dynastinae and Melolonthinae), 
Scarabaeids, and other soil-inhabiting insects (Coleoptera: Elateridae; Lepidoptera; 
Noctuidae; Diptera), to elicit grouping and differentiation. Also they were pre- 
sented with adult scarab beetles collected in the area, and also with other scarabs 
(Cetoniinae and Scarabaeidae) that could be confused with them. Once these or- 

anisms were classified, we wrote up on a sheet of cardboard the ecological 
attributes belonging to these organisms: where and how they live, what they eat, 
what enemies they have. When the Tzeltal referred to natural enemies, they were 
shown pictures of the animals (Hunn 1977), to make a more precise identification 
of the species to which they refer. 


Group interviews.— These interviews involved local people directly involved in maize 
cultivation. As part of these activities, we encouraged conversations and inter- 
change of ideas and information about the grubs. During these interviews, we 
worked with an average of 15 participants, to facilitate application of participa- 
tory techniques such as going over field inspections with them, elaboration of 
diagrams, and group discussions. 


Interviews with key informants. With the purpose of getting different perspectives 
on the problem of the grubs, interviews with key informants were given individu- 
ally to 13 persons of different ages. These persons were selected in the workshops, 
in accord with their participation and knowledge. With them, we went deeper 
into their knowledge of the biology, ecology and classification of the grubs. We 
also took up aspects of maize cultivation practices that intentionally or uninten- 
tionally managed populations of the insects. The value of this type of personal 
interview is that it avoids bias that can occur in group interviews. Biases can occur 
in these groups when expression of real opinions is inhibited. 


Direct observation. This technique consists of observing intensively and system- 
atically the management of the grubs in maize cultivation. Information obtained 
in the field was contrasted with information obtained in the workshops and inter- 
views. As part of this activity, visits lasting two to eight days per month were 
made. Most visits to field sites lasted four days. Data thus obtained was organized 
and presented in the form of an agricultural calendar of maize cultivation. 


Collection of entomological specimens.— We collected 320 specimens of soil (288 in 
nine fields and 32 in woodland near the community). Larvae of the gallina ciega 
complex were collected in situ, in unit sample of soil specimens (monoliths of 15 
cm diameter by 20 cm depth), during February and March. Adults were captured 
in March to June (their flying period), using a light trap. Additional adult beetle 
material was obtained during a check of trees and bushes known to be wild host 
species, during twilight and early night (19: 00-22: ~ hours). rca were made 
together with farmers, so as to collect more precise | data. Also, we 
collected specimens of plants used as perches or host plants. Natural enemies were 
also captured, as were other soil-inhabiting larvae encountered. All this material 


48 GOMEZ et al. Vol. 20, No. 1 


was sent to specialists for adequate taxonomic determination, and deposited in 
the collections ECO-TA-E, M. A. Moroén and B. Gomez. 


Contrast and analysis of knowledge.— Contrast and analysis of traditional and scien- 
tific knowledge was done in a qualitative method, using comparative tables. 


RESULTS AND DISCUSSION 


Taxonomy.— One hundred percent of the Tzeltal farmers referred to the grubs as 
k’olom. We do not know whether this word has any other significance. The Tzeltal 
can distinguish Melolonthid larvae from other soil larvae such as Noctuid moths 
(wajchan) and Diptera (me’toyiw). However, they cannot differentiate Scarabaeid 
from Melolonthid larvae, possibly because of their morphological similarity. In 
Mexico in general, gallina ciega applies to Scarabaeids, which suggests the term is 
equivalent to k’olom. 

In contrast, the Tzeltal differentiate the adults: Scarabaeids are kutuntza, 
Melolonthids chimol or umo’ (Table 1). This finding differs from Hunn’s (1977:295- 
297); he found that the Tzeltal used the term kuhtum ca for certain Scarabaeids 
(Geotrupinae) and Melolonthids (Cetoniinae). Hunn suggests that cimol is the 
word for rhinoceros beetles (Melolonidae: Dynastinae; possibly the species 
Xylorictes thestalus). He notes that the word umoh is utilized for June beetles (we 
think the genus Phyllophaga is meant and other similar twilight-flying scarabs (pos- 
sibly Anomala). He mentions that “cimol, umoh or kuhtum ca” are the same (see 
Hunn 1977:297). They use the terms as synonyms for any adults of the gallina ciega 
group. Our differences from Hunn may be due to the fact that we worked in one 
community, while he worked in various Tzeltal communities. It is true that in 
other Tzeltal communities one can encounter other names; in El Madronal 
(Amatenango del Valle) the name xkumuk is used (Ramirez and Castro 2000). Also, 
we find that the older name was umo’ and today the term chimol is more often 
used, since approximately the 1950s. This change has come about because of mi- 
grants from other communities, Tzotzil as well as Tzeltal. The name chimol or 
umo’ includes at least the following species in the community studied: Phyllophaga 
obsoleta, Anomala sticticoptera, and two possible new species: Phyllophaga sp. 1 group 
Phytalus, and P. sp. 2 group Anodentata. However, it is possible that other species 
of adult Melolonthids have no special name. These are: Hoplia mexicana, Xylorictes 
thestalus, Cyclocephala alexi, Phyllophaga sp. 3 group Schizorhina, and Ancognatha 
sellata. The larval phases of these are possibly included in the gallina ciega com- 
plex. The species that possess a name in Tzeltal during their adult phase are those 
which were sometimes consumed by local people, and/or species that come in 
great numbers around houses, attracted by lights. However, some species that 
inhabit forested land have no name (Gémez et al. 1999a). 

In this context, it must be emphasized that k’olom is the term used in most of 
the Tzeltal region for the larvae stage. Scarabs possess different names in the vari- 
ous communities of the Tzeltal region: chimol, umo’, xkumuk’. Berlin (1973) notes 
that in folk classification, when a name goes beyond its geographic limits and 
extends to a wider region, it is because the term has gained a large cultural signifi- 


Summer 2000 JOURNAL OF ETHNOBIOLOGY 49 


TABLE 1.— Designation in Tzeltal of Baltin Canal, Chiapas; Spanish; and English for 
scarabaeiform beetles and larvae. 


Description Tzeltal Spanish English 
I and Scarabaeid beetles k’olom gallina ciega beetle grub, 
white grub 

Adults of Melolonthid species mentioned chimol, umo’ ronrones, etles, 
escarabajos de scarabs, June 
Junio bugs 

Adults of S baeids (Geotrupes sp., Copris sp.) kutuntza Escarabajos, beetles, scarabs, 
estiercoleros, dungbeetles 
“rodacacas” 


cance. The wide use of the name k’olom can be attributed to the importance of the 
insect as a pest of maize. 


Bioecology.— Development, Apparently, the Tzeltal ‘esmuameie studied ignore fun- 

damental aspects of the p wever, 100% of the 13 persons 
interviewed know that chimol or umo’ adults are ei progenitors of the larvae 
(k’olom). They suppose that these proceed from eggs of the chimol or umo’. Only 
two of the 13 know that the larva goes through a pupal stage. They have observed 
that from these “little balls in the ground” (as they call them) issue adult scarabs. 
The few people who know the pupal stage and relate the different stages to the 
adults are persons of advanced age. It is possible that the above follows from the 
relative short duration of the pupal stage—30-45 days in Phyllophaga according to 
Morén (1986). One could also argue that the pupal phase occurs when the soil is 
resting and the Tzeltal are not active in the fields, and because of this cannot de- 
tect the pupae. 


Life cycle. — It is evident that the Tzeltal of Balun Canal have knowledge of part of 
the life cycle of these scarabs. However, they cannot recognize the distinct larval 
instars or (usually) associate the pupae with the life cycle. Also, during the third 
workshop, 100% of the participants agreed that the duration of the life cycle is one 
year. Those interviewed mentioned that each year there are larvae as well as adults, 
and that they occur in similar abundance each year. The group mentioned that the 
larvae are present in the maize fields during nine months of May to February, and 
reported that the greatest abundance of larvae occurs in August. The farmers also 
noted that the adults fly from March to June. They have observed that adults fly 
during a period of one to three hours, starting around 19:30 to 20:00 p.m. The 
foregoing fits with results of scientific research in highland Chiapasm Mexico 
(Ramirez and Castro 1997) and other countries of Central America (Lastres de Rueda 
1996; Méndez et al. 1996; Mendoza 1996), and can be compared with field obser- 
vations (Table 2). 


Host trees and perch sites. — In the third workshops, we found that 100% of partici- 
pants knew that the chimol or umo’ eats leaves of the ajil or jnak (Alnus acuminata 


50 GOMEZ et al. Vol. 20, No. 1 


TABLE 2.— Comparison of information obtained in this study with that reported in 
biological research in the area or in similar areas 


THIS STUDY OTHER INVESTIGATIONS 
Time of larvae May - Feb. 7 May - 10 Jan. 
(Ramirez and Castro 1997) 


Time of major damage August July - August 

(Ramirez and Castro 1997; 

Lastres de Rueda 1996; 

Mendoza 1996; Méndez et al. 1996) 
Density of larvae in roots 44 indiv/m2 38 indiv /m?2 (Gémez et al. 1999b) 
during critical period 
Time of flying of adults March - June April - May (Ramirez and 

Castro 1997); 

April - June (Gomez et al. 1999a) 
Hour of flight 19:30 - 22:30 19:30 - 21:00 (Ramirez and 

Castro 1997); 

19:00 - 23:00 (Gomez et al. 1999a) 
Spatial distribution of the patches patches (King and Saunders 1984) 
larvae during period of attacks 


Life cycle 1 year Univoltine, 1 year (King 1996) 


ssp. arguta, Betulaceae) and the chiquinib (Quercus crispipilis, Fagaceae). In accord 
with what is reported for other Melolonthidae, another host tree of P. obsoleta could 
be Erythrina americana (Fal ; Mor6n 1997). 70% of the Tzeltal mentioned plums, 
peaches and pears as possible hosts. However, we observe that these trees do not 
become defoliated and are used only as perch sites by the scarabs. Host plants 
identified in other work (Gomez et al. 1999a) that are not recorded as part of tradi- 
tional Tzeltal knowledge are siban (Cornus excelsa, Cornaceae—used in the 
community for firewood); tujkulum chix (Solanum myriacanthum, Solanaceae), 
whose spines can wound people in the woods; and Senecio sancristobalensis 
(Compositae), which lacks a local name, possibly because it lacks use or impor- 
tance for this ethnic group. These three species are probably not part of the Tzeltal’s 
store of scarab knowledge because they grow in the woodlands and are visited by 
the scarabs at night (Gomez et al. 1999a), outside the view of the Tzeltal. 


Habitat. - The Tzeltal know that the k’olom occurs in different habitats. They have 
observed that these larvae live in agricultural or forest soils, and that on various 
occasions it is possible to find them in rotting treetrunks. Similarly, they note that 
the larvae eat roots of maize, beans, potatoes, and various trees, as well as rotten 
trunks and decomposing leaves in the soil of the woodlands. The scientific litera- 
ture, and observation during the present study, suggest that the habitats of the 
various species of gallina ciega are different. Phyllophaga obsoleta and Anomala 
sticticoptera are principally associated with agricultural soils (King 1996; King and 
Saunders 1984; Mor6én 1988; Morén et al. 1997; Ramirez and Castro 1997), while 


Summer 2000 JOURNAL OF ETHNOBIOLOGY 51 


the rest of the species appear to be confined to forest soils (Mor6n et al. 1997; Ratcliffe 
and Delgado 1990). 


Natural enemies. - The workshops and interviews indicated that various enemies 
are recognized (Table 3). The Tzeltal have observed that the larvae are consumed 
by animals such as the skunk (pay), armadillo (majiltibal), pig (chitam), domestic 
fowl (me’mut), and various wild birds (tetikil mut), especially the great-tailed 
grackle (jojmut). The Tzeltal of Balin Canal recognize as predators of adult 
Melolonthidae the domestic dog (tz’i), the cat (xawin) and the wildcat (cis balan). 
This suggests that the combined effect of domestic and wild animals animals could 
contribute to the regulation of grub populations. 

With data collected in the fields, we could determine other less conspicuous 
natural enemies, unknown to the Tzeltal. T] fungus, Beauveria bassiana 
(Deuteromycetes), and a wasp, Pelecinus polyturathor (Hymenoptera). The lack of 
Tzeltal knowledge of such small or microscopic natural enemies is explained by 
Bentley (1992). This author mentions that size can be a limiting factor in tradi- 
tional knowledge. Moreover, Hunn (1977) suggests that the low density of solitary 
wasps like P. polyturathor can explain why they have no names in the community. 


Use of Melolonthids for human food.— During the larval phase, Melolonthids are not 
eaten by the Tzeltal, and have no use in the area studied. In earlier times, there 
was a custom of eating scarabs toasted on a comal (flat griddle). This habit contin- 
ued until about 30 years ago. Today, few eat these beetles;! the custom has gradually 
been lost. A possible explanation is that the Tzeltal, in constant contact now with 
industrial products, have changed their foodways. This phenomenon could be an 
indicator of change in the quality of life among the Tzeltal, due to the introduction 
of new types of foodstuffs, leading to a decrease in the value placed on natural 
foods obtained in the fields. We have observed that, in the community studied, 


TABLE 3.— Principle Natural Enemies of the Melolonthids Observed by the Tzeltal of 
Balun Canal, Chiapas 


Tzeltalname Spanishname English name Scientific name Phase 
eaten 
Pay zorillo skunk Mephitis macroura and larvae 
?Conepatus mesoleucus 
Mayiltibal armadillo armadillo Dasypus novemcinctus larvae 
Chitam cerdo pig Sus scrofa larvae 
Me’mut gallina fowl, chicken Gallus gallus larvae 
Jojmut zanate great-tailed Cassidix mexicanus larvae 
Tt perro dog Canis familiaris adults 
Xawin gato cat Felis domesticus adults 
Cis balam gato de monte —_margay Felis wiedii adults 


52 GOMEZ et al. Vol. 20, No. 1 


consuming adult Melolonthids are looked down on—it indicates low status. We 
do not know what effect this change may have had on increases of the populations 
of gallinas ciegas. Ramos and Pino (1989) record the consumption of Phyllophaga by 
Nyahnyu (Otomi) and Nahua in some regions of Mexico, but as larvae or pupae. 
Hunn (1977) notes that the Tzeltal eat chimol, but does not record which species. 
The results of our workshops and interviews suggest that the species were 
Phyllophaga obsoleta, P. sp.(Phytalus) and P.sp.(Anodentata) (Gomez et al. 1999a). 


Agroecology.— In this section we present and discuss findings on certain 
agroecological aspects of the cultivation of maize (ixim) relevant to consideration 
of the grubs 

Agronomic importance of the gallina ciega.- Twenty-eight percent of 49 farmers 
interviewed in the second workshop stated that the grubs are the most important 
pest of maize. pnt ae 30% soe sat that first place belonged to the gopher (baj, 

ill others had otl inions: 17% voted for corn borers (wajchan, 

Lepidoptera), a for rats and mice (ch ‘o), and 8% for squirrels (chuch). These re- 
sults suggest that the k’olom is the principal invertebrate pest of maize. However, 
there is no special form of control, except cleanup by hand or with a hoe 

According to those interviewed, symptoms of damage by grubs are yellowing 
and acame of the plants; acame is a local term for blowdown (falling over of plants 
due to root loss followed by wind). Damaged shoots can easily be pulled from the 
ground. Nearby soil is then examined; about three to five grubs can be found per 
plant. 100% of the Tzeltal mentioned that damage is present year after year, at the 
same level, in patches in the fields. The period of the most severe attacks is August 
(Figure 1). Symptoms of damage are similar to those recorded in field work else- 
where in Mexico and Central America (Table 2). 


Calendar and agricultural practices— The Tzeltal of Balin Canal have a calendar for 
their c activities (Table 4 and Figure 1). This calendar is flexible, exact dates being 
determined by environmental conditions prevalent in a given year. Berlin et al. 
(1974) observed a calendar similar to that reported in the present study. In this 
calendar, the agricultural cycle is strictly correlated with a “Tzeltal native calen- 
dar” (Figure 1). 

The farmers of the community carry out agricultural practices that can have 
positive or negative effects, deliberate or unintended, on the grubs. Four—prepa- 
ration of land, cleanup, sowing, and hilling up soil around stalk bases (the calzado 
or aporque)—can have a negative impact on grub damage. 


Land preparation. — The farmers state that preparing the soil (see Table 4) lets them 
loosen the ground, eliminate weeds, and kill potentially damaging organisms. Thus 
this practice permits better drainage and exposes the larvae of Melolonthidae to 
attacks by their natural enemies, reducing their populations. The former was also 
observed by Musick and Petty (1974, cited in Carballo 1996), who mentioned the 
negative effect that soil preparation had on the grubs. 


Sowing. — Sowing of maize (Table 4) follows the initial cultivation. One hundred 
percent of the farmers stated that the sowing consists of putting 4-5 seeds in each 
hole. Sowing follows a more or less definite pattern: holes are made a meter apart 


Summer 2000 JOURNAL OF ETHNOBIOLOGY 53 


(in each direction). If this is done well, it is not thought of as a control measure, but 
it reduces the problem of grubs. The strategy can reduce damage by increasing the 
biomass of the maize root system, The epee can sustain more wind action, reduc- 
ing acame. It is possible that the p for root-eating activity 
in comparison with isolated individual stalks. Indeed, some plants affected by 


TABLE 4.— Agricultural activities; their stated purposes; their possible effects on 
management of grubs 


Activity Description Objective Effects on gallina ciega 


Preparation If the field is being cultivated This clearstheland Grubs are eliminated 


of the land for the first time, or after a to create a biotic and as found, being killed 
long period of abandonment, abioticenvironment _ by foot or hoe, or 
slash-and-burn cultivation favorable for leaving them exposed 
is used. If the field has been cultivation. to birds and sun. 
used recently, it is cleared by 

and or with hoes. Then the 
soil is moved, with manual 
elimination of pests. 

Sowing 4-5 seeds are placed ina hill. Sowing several seeds They can then better 
This establishes strengthens the withstand the root- 
cultivation. support system of consuming activity of 

the plants. grubs and other soil 
pests. 

Cleanup Weeding, manually or with This reduces It possibly diminishes 
hoe. Only one person (of 10 competition by the densities of grubs 
interviewed) used herbicides. weeds, and improves 

visibility in the field. 

Hilling This involves hilling soil and It provides a more It is a form of 
organic material around the solid support for the __ fertilization that can 
base of the maize plant, using eer careers diminish the damage 
hands or hoe. blowdown. It also by grubs through 

sco the incorporating more 
humidity of the soil available nutrients 
around the maize stalk. in the root zone. 

Doubling Plants are bent over, at ca. This is done to avoid It has no known effect 

over 1.3 m above ground. rotting of maize in on the grubs. 

the ear through 
humidity due to rains. 
It also reduces 
blowdown and bird 
damage. 
Harvest Ears are collected and taken This allows It has no evident 


to a secure place. Removing _ utilization of the effect on the grubs. 
grains from ears is done just product 

before consumption or 

utilization of the grain. 


54 GOMEZ et al. Vol. 20, No. 1 


blowdown because of late grub damage can still render normal ears of corn and 
can be harvested. 


Hilling up. — This is an activity (Table 4) carried out by the Tzeltal to give more 
firmness to the plants in the face of wind and rain. With this practice, consciously 
or unconsciously, the farmers avoid blowdown provoked by weakening of the 
root system by soil pests such as the grubs. This activity is done just before the 
damage becomes evident (May-June). 

The Tzeltal indicate that blowdown can cause loss of the product, through 
damage by rats, squirrels and other animals or through decay. The function of 
hilling up in diminishing damage can be related to better growing of roots in the 
hill, which may also have more organic material. An alternative explanation has 
been proposed by Cruz (1999), who has observed that in one locality of the Chiapas 
highlands the hilling up increases the number of larvae in the roots. This greater 
density—which does not necessarily increase damage—is probably due to the lar- 
vae eating the organic matter added around the plant bases. Villalobos et al. (1997) 
have demonstrated experimentally that the content of organic material has a nega- 
tive effect on root-eating activity by white of Costelytra zelandica. The foregoing 


Occidental 
calendar 
bac'ul Jolal ti? inh 7uct) muk hu can winkil bacul 
(20/Kil-8/1) i (10/11-29/I1) (14/V-2M1) (3/V1-22/V1) = ad ~ ~ (20/X11-8/1) 
. sakil ha hul oI cum 
Native Tzeltal (9/1-28/)) (30/11-18/1V) po eran peak sen (30/XI-19/Kll) 
calendar ahil tak Cay kin h? ucetik mak winkil mis 
(29/-17/M) (19/V-23/IV) (13/VII-1/VIll) (1/K-20/K) (10/x1-29/X1) 
mak hok’en @haw huk winkil yas kin 
(18/II-9/IN1) (24/1V-13/V) (23/VI-12M1N) (21%-9/Kl) 
AAAI} 
RABARSSA SAABASA 
Agricultural Sidieseseseseiosdeesesee 
practices 
Fenology of 
domesticated 
com 
2 ' 
awe 
White grubs” 
seasonality 
“a 3 ‘-) A “ie %e i] & 3 


Land preparation; [RAY sowing; (RBBB first cleanup; Faq] second cleanup; Ee third cleanup, hilling up; dobling over and’ 


Figure 1. — Agricultural cycle (calendar, practices and fenalogy) of domesticated corn in 
Balun Canal, municipio of Tenejapa, Chiapas and its relationship to white grubs' 
seasonality. 


Summer 2000 JOURNAL OF ETHNOBIOLOGY 55 


suggests that hilling up benefits cultivation by adding nutrition to the plant as 
well as by reducing damage by grubs. 


Cleanup. — The farmers carry out 2-3 cleanups of weeds in the fields, to reduce 
competition of weeds with maize (Table 4). They state that this can reduce infesta- 
tions of grubs, in that they can kill grubs while weeding. Various authors have 
suggested that vegetation in the form of pastures (King 1985, 1996) and weeds 
(Carballo 1996 and references therein) permit the soil to host higher densities of 
grubs. We assume that this is due to higher survival rates of immature stages, 
greater chances of oviposition (associated with less compaction of soil), greater 
availability of food, favorable microclimate, and lower levels of parasitism and 
predation. However, we think that cleanup of the field also eliminates alternative 
foods, and centers the grubs’ attention on the roots of the cultivated plants. 


The Tzeltal and Sustainable Management of Grubs.— Sustainabl t of agri- 
is proplems caused by grubs has been defined as a strategy that presents 
ly different from integrated pest t, and which 


is based in ecological, economic and social principles (Villalobos 1995). This au- 
thor recommends saving traditional agricultural knowledge and practice as one 
of the principles to achieve this aim. Taking account of this, we advised studying 
and presenting to the community the effects that could follow from sowing and 
hilling up in managing the grubs. These activities had not been seen as related to 
the problem. The information produced by these studies could through light on 
conditions in which the effect could be better exploited. 

The intervention of domestic animals during preparation of the land and 
cleanup of weeds could be developed to reduce the population of grubs. The re- 
newal of consumption of adults by members of the community could also 
contribute to regulation of insect populations. 

The information possessed by the Tzeltal of Balun Canal about hosts and hours 
of flying of the adults could be relevant in campaigns of massive collection, as 
proposed by Cruz et al. (1998). These campaigns could combine with initiatives to 
use adults of noxious species as food for domestic animals such as fowl and pigs. 

The incorporation of organic matter in cultivation, directly via hilling up or 
through other means (incorporating agricultural wastes and animal dung), could 
be helpful. Such improvements could improve soil fertility and help reduce dam- 
age by grubs, and even help any possible beneficial activities of these insects 
(Villalobos 1994). 

Information on ecology and life cycle of the beneficial and noxious species of 
Melolonthidae will be fundamental for proposing strategies for a sustainable man- 
agement of white grubs that would be viable in the community. Ultimately, it will 
be necessary to evaluate the economic significance of the grub damage in maize 
cultivation in Balin Canal, to get a clearer diagnostic of the problem and confront 
it better. 


56 GOMEZ et al. Vol. 20, No. 1 


CONCLUSIONS 


The principal conclusions of this investigation are: 


The k’olom is a Tzeltal term used for the larvae of a species complex of Melolonthid 
beetles, of which Phyllophaga obsoleta and Anomal sticticoptera possibly cause agri- 
cultural damage. 


Among the Tzeltal, Melolonthids and Scarabaeids are differentiated as adults, but 
not as larvae. 


The Tzeltal of Baltin Canal use the terms chimol or umo’ for the species Phyllophaga 
obsoleta, P. sp. 1 group Phytalus, P. sp. 2 group Anodentata, and Anomala sticticoptera. 


The group knows the duration of the life cycle, the larval stage, the adults, and the 
hour of flight of the latter. 


Few know the entire cycle; a large majority is ignorant of the pupal stage, and 
none are aware of the different larval instars. 


The farmers recognize various natural enemies, all vertebrates. They do not know 
of entomopathogenic microorganisms or invertebrates that participate in natural 
regulation. 


We record for the first time the ption of adults of Phyllophaga by humans in 
Mexico. 


The Tzeltal of Balin Canal have agricultural practices that reduce damage by the 
grubs. These practices include preparation of land, sowing, and hilling up soil 
around cornstalk bases. 


We should consider as highly valuable th tk ledge, and also non- 
awareness, found among the farmers. 


NOTES 


‘México leads the world in insect-eating, with more than 200 species consumed (Defoliart 
1997), so it is not unusual that the group studied here consumes insects. Ramos and Pino 
(1989) mention that it is surprising that, though scarabs constitute a significant part of the 
order Insecta, their consumption worldwide is not well known. Some examples of 
Melolonthids consumed in other parts of the world include: Adults of the genus Pyronota 
are consumed by the Maori of New Zealand (Miller 1974); Podischnus agenor is eaten by the 
Yukpa of northeast Colombia and Megaceras crassum by the Tukanoan peoples of southeast 
Colombia (Defoliar 1997). 


ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS 


We want to express our gratitude to all the people and institutions that allowed us to 
complete this work: to the Tzeltal f. that shared their knowledge with us; to El Colegio 
de la Frontera Sur (ECOSUR), Instituto de Ecologia, A.C., Consejo Nacional de Ciencia y 
Tecnologia (CONACYT), FORD charauecic ha and me bsoppesteat project CONACYT 1716P-B 
“Percepcion y j p s cultivos de Los Altos de Chiapas”; to Martha 


Summer 2000 


JOURNAL OF ETHNOBIOLOGY Sf 


Meza and Manuel Girén for helping us with the field work and for translating; to Ma. 
Silvia Mendoza, Manuel Anzueto, Concepcién Ramirez and Jorge Cruz for providing their 
support during the fieldwork and for their criticism; to Ada Luz Chame; Miguel A. Moron, 


Leonardo Delgado and William de la Rosa for doing the 


and to 


Dr. Gene Anderson for his excellent translation of this paper into English and providing 


constructive criticism. 


ITERATURE CITED 


BENTLEY, J.W. 1992. El rol _s los 
agricultores en el MIP. Ceiba 33 (1): 257- 


BERLIN, B. 1973. Folk systematic in relation 
to biological classification an 
nomeclature. Annual Review of Ecology 
and Systematics 4: cigars 


sey Dis DLOVE and P.H. 
RAVEN. 1974. Principe of Tzeltal Plant 
Classification: An introduction to the 
botanical ethnogra 7 of a Mayan 
ey people of ar Chiapas. 

cademic Press, New Yi 

ee A. BERLIN, DE. BREEDLOVE, 
T. DUNCAN, V.M. JARA ASTORGA, 
R.M. LAUGHLIN, T. VELASCO. 1990. 
La herbolaria médica tzeltal-tzoltzil en 
Los Altos iapas, un ensayo 
preliminar sobre las cincuenta especies 
botanicas de uso mas frecuente. 
PROCOMITH. Gobierno del Estado de 
Chiapas (Serie Nuestros Pueblos 3). 

gee nag V., M. 1996. Las practicas de 

ulti n mai su efecto sobre 
Phylloohage spp. Pp. 119-125 en Biologia 
y Control de Phyllophaga spp. Phillip 
Shanon y Manuel Carballo (Editores). 
CATIE-PRIAG. Tuarrialba, Costa Rica. 

CRUZ, a 1999. Alternativas de manejo de 
gal lina ciega (Co oleoptera: 


iL: 


del Valle, Chiapas. Tesis de licenciatura 
(Biologia). sage ed i Ciencias y 
Artes de Chiapas. Méxi 

a, A. CASTRO pre C RAMIREZ. 
1998. Ca ampana escolar contra el 
«ronron» (Coleoptera: Melolonthidae) 
en Amatenango del Valle, Chiapas. Pp. 

en Memorias del XXXIII Congreso 
Nacional de Entomologia. Sociedad 
Mexicana de Entomologia. Acapulco, 
Gro. México. 

DEFOLIART, G. R. 1997. An overview of the 
role of edible insects in preserving 
biodiversity. Ecology, Food and 
Nutrition: 36: 109-132. 


DELOYA, C. 1993. El género Phyllophaga 
Aires en nineiaaea Morelos, Mé 
(Coleopte Melolonthidae: 
Se iniaatinans Pp. 39-54 en Diversidad 
y Manejo de Plagas Subterraneas. 

iguel A. Moron (Coordinador). 
re te oe de la IV Mesa Redonda sobre 
Plagas  Subterrdneas. ocieda 
Mexicana de Entomologia, México. 


del Estado de Chiapas, México. 
ial ar B., FJ. VILLALOBOS, L. RUIZ y 
TRO. 1999a. Observaciones 
sn la bioecologia de meloléntidos 
(Coleoptera: Scarabaeoidea) en una 
localidad de Los Altos de Chiapas, 
México. Acta Zool. Mex. (n.s.) 78:173- 


GOMEZ, B., F.J. VILLALOBOS, L. RUIZ, A. 
CASTRO y J. VALLE. 1999b. El complejo 
(Coleoptera: 

Melolonthidae) en maiz en Los Altos de 


tiempo de uso agricola y la materia 
organica ie ne Fol Entomol. Mex 
107:1-20. 

HUNN, E.S. 1977. Tzeltal Folk Zoology. The 
classication of discontinuities in nature. 

cademic Press, N ) 

INEGI. 1990. XI Censo General de Poblacion 
y Vivienda, 1990. Chiapas: resultados 
definitivos por “eres (integracio6n 
territorial). Tomo I. Méx 

G, A . 1985. Factats affecting 
infectacion by larvae of Phyllophaga spp. 
(Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae) in Costa 
Rica. Bulletin of Entomological Research 
75: 417-427 

Biologia, identificacién y 
distribucion de especies econdmicas de 


0 
spp. Phillip Shanon y Manuel C 
et CATIE-PRIAG. Tuarrialba, Costa 


58 GOMEZ et al. 


and J.L. SAUNDERS. 1984. Las 

plagas de padi peor de los cultivos 
aes a yecopan s en América 
Central. ondon verseas 
te ee Satan CATIE. 
Turrialba, Costa Rica. 

LASTRES DE RUEDA, _ Rae — 
de Phyllophaga spp. en Honduras. Pp. 
15 en Biologia y one a Piviertas 
spp. Phillip Shanon y Manuel Carballo 
(Eds.). CATIE-PRIAG. Tuarrialba, Costa 


Rica. 

MENDEZ, E.R., H. RODRIGUEZ and F. 
TOUNDER 1996. Problematica de la 
gallina ciega (Phyllophaga sp.) en 

n Biologia y Control 


Manuel Carballo (Eds.). CATIE-PRIAG. 
Tuarrialba, Costa Rica 

MENDOZA, P., H.E. 1996. 'Problematica de 
Phyllophaga spp. en El Salvador. Pp. 16- 
19 en Biologia y Control de Phyllophaga 
spp. Phillip Shanon y Manuel Carballo 
igs CATIE-PRIAG. Tuarrialba, Costa 


MORON, M. A. 1983. Introduccién a la 
pie anes Y eco ogia de los 
coleéntero if daficn] | 
México. Pp. 5-6 en Memorias de la II 
Mesa Redonda sobre Plagas del Suelo. 


apingo-Sociedad 
Mexicana de Entomologia, Chapingo, 
México. 
. 1984. Escarabajos: 200 millones 
de anos de evoluci6n. pir scone 14. 
Instituto de Ecolo ogi DE. 
. 1986. El género Pinyllophaga en 
México. Publ. 20. Instituto de Ecologia, 
Ae. pee D.E 
ee ae de ha 
=e aan pris ee dae) co 
importancia agricola en ieee Pr 81- 
102 en Memorias de la III Mesa Redonda 
jones a ie del suelo. Miguel A. Mor6n 
ied Mexicana de 
Sarees & ICI de México. Morelia, 
Michoacan 


Vol. 20, No. 1 


______ 1993. Las especies de Phyllophaga 
eee Melolonthidae) del Estado 
eracruz, México. Diversidad, 

pA a Ria a Pp. 55-82 en 


subterraneas, Miguel 
(Coordinador). Memorias de la IV Mesa 
Redonda sobre Plagas Subterrdneas. 
Sociedad Mexicana de Entomologia. 
México 

HERNANDEZ and 
RAMIREZ. 1996. El complejo “gallin 
ciega” (Coleoptera: Melolonthidae) 
asociado con la cana de azuca 
Nayarit, México. Folia Entomol. Mex. 
98:1-44 

i, BL. RATCLIFFE. and €. 
DELOYA. 1997. Atlas de los Escarabajos 
de México. Coleoptera Lamellicornia. 

ol. 1 Familia Melolonthidae. Comisién 
Nacional de la Biodiverisdad-Sociedad 
Mexicana de Entomologia, México. 

MUSICK, K.J., H.B. PETTY. 1974. Insect 
control in conservation tillage. Pp. 47- 
52 in Soil Conservation Society of 
America: A handbook for farmers. 

QUEZADA, J.R. 1980. El manejo de plagas 
agricolas en Centroamérica. Folia 
Entomol. Mex. 45:16-27. 

RAMIREZ, C. and A. E. CASTRO. 1997. El 
complejo ’ _ al _Mihllophage | y 
Anomala) en el cult del maiz 
Madronal, Mu vlictaic de Amatenango 
del be Pe se México. Pp. 6-7 e 
Mem de la Iil ann 
Lathipsciceioara de Escarabeidologia. 
Cuahutemoc Deloya eens 
ae de Ecologia, A. C.M 

nenereee or oe 2000. El eauicie 

“gallin ciega” (Coleoptera: 
Melolonthiae) - el cultivo del maiz en 
El Madron Municipio de 
Amatenango el Valle, Chiapas, 
México. Acta Zool. Mex.(n.s.) 79:17-41. 

——_—=, 1. ARKEDONDO and 
CASTRO 1999. Biologia 
Comportamiento de la gallina ciega 
Phyllophaga (Phytalus) obsoleta; en la 


Congreso Nacional de Entomologia. 
Soc. Mex. De _ Entomologia. 
Aguascalientes, México. 


Summer 2000 


RAMOS, J. and J.M. PINO. 1989. Los 
Insectos Comestibles en el México 
Antiguo. AGT Editor. México, D.F. 

RATCLIFFE, B. and L. DELGADO. 1990. 
New species and notes of Cyclocephala 
from Mexico (Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae: 
Dynastinae). Folia Entomol. Mex. 80:41- 


R{OS-ROSILLO, F. and $. ROMERO- 

PARRA. 1982. Importancia de los danos 

maiz por insectos del suelo en 
estado de ones — a as 
Folia Entomol. Mex. 

ROBLEDO, G. 1994. Pueblos Baie de 
México. Tzotziles y Tzeltales. Instituto 
Nacional Indigenista - Secretaria de 
Desarrollo Social, México. 

RODRIGUEZ DEL BOSQUE, L.A. 1988. 
Phyllophaga crinita (Burmeister) 
(Coleoptera 
una plaga del suelo (1855- 1988). Pp. 53- 
80 en Memorias de la III Mesa Redonda 
sobre Plagas del Suelo. Miguel Angel 
Moron (Co ordinador).S Sociedad 
Mexicana de Entomologia, Morelia, 
Michoacan, México. 


JOURNAL OF ETHNOBIOLOGY 59 


Lets M.A. 1992. Etnoecologia para 
pre Le América Indigena 
52(1 -2): 169-202. 

iLL onos FJ. 1994. The contribution 
of melolonthid larvae to soil fertility. Pp. 
129-143 en Resumen del 15 cn 
Mundial de la oo del Suelo 
Acapulco, Gro., Méxic 

Sbihtasiess dr oe El aa sostenible de 
plagas del suelo: el caso de las larvas de 
season Pp. 69-89 en Control de 
Plagas peg pea oa se al 

stin Aragoén (Ed.). 
Publicacién Secactal de la Sociedad 
Mexicana de Entomologia, Puebla, 
México. 

ins? el. GOR, DJ, SAVILLE and 
R.B. CHAPMAN 1997. Interaction 
among soil organic matter, level of the 
indigenous Serratia entomophila in soil, 
peel disease and the feeding activity 


A eae sie approach, Applied Soil 
Ecology: 5: 231- 


Journal of Ethnobiology 20(1): 61-71 Summer 2000 


IDENTITY AND CURRENT ETHNOBOTANICAL 
KNOWLEDGE OF FRANCISCO HERNANDEZ’S “CICIMATIC” 


HELGA OCHOTERENA-BOOTH 
Instituto de Biologia, 
Universidad Nacional Autonoma de México 
Apdo. Postal 70-367 
México DF 04510, MEXICO. 


ABSTRACT. Francisco Hernandez’s “History of the Plants of New Spain”, written 
during the second half of the 16" century, is the main source of historical and 
41 l 4 bs 11 j eee | 1 44] 1 4 Pa Baer 1 a . 1 smh oe 


in Mexico. Despite the importance of this work, the lack of a universal system of 


at ] 4 
iT 


J ilally Pp 

in this volume. Currently, more than 2,000 plants remain unidentified and several 
previous identifications are questionable. Historical investigation of the uses of 
species belonging to the genus Ramirezella (Leguminosae) resulted in an 
identification proposed for Hernandez’s “Cicimatic” as Ramirezella strobilophora 
(Robinson) Rose, a conclusion in accord with Hernandez’s description, illustration 
and reported medicinal use. A Cicimatic was also mentioned in the work of 
Sahagtin (“General History about the Things of New Spain’), indicating that it was 
most likely a valuable plant during colonial times in Mexico. If Ramirezella 
strobilophora is the Cicimatic of Hernandez, the ethnobotanical traditions 
maintained over more than 400 years may indicate the potential pl} logical 
value of this species. 


Key words: Ramirezella, Leguminosae, Mexico, Colonial times, Medicinal plants 


RESUMEN.- La obra de Francisco Hernandez “Historia de las plantas de la Nueva 
Espafia”, escrita en la segunda mitad del siglo XVI, es la principal fuente de 
conocimiento histérico y etnobotdnico sobre las plantas que se conocian durante 
los tiempos de la Colonia en México. A pesar de la importancia de este trabajo, la 
falta de un sistema de nomenclatura universal en aquel tiempo hace dificil la 
identificacién de algunas de las plantas. Actualmente aun quedan mas de 2,000 
plantas por identificar, ademas de varias con dudosas identificaciones, que 
requieren especial atenci6n de los taxénomos. Una investigacién sobre el posible 
uso de especies en el género Ramirezella (Leguminosae) durante los tiempos de la 
Colonia en México permite proponer una identificacion para el “Cicimatic” de 
Francisco Hernandez como Ramirezella strobilophora (Robinson) Rose. Esta 
conclusi6n se basa en la descripcién botanica, en la ilustraci6n y en uno de los 
usos medicinales reportados por Hernandez. Debido a que un Cicimatic también 
se menciona en el trabajo de Sahaguin (“Historia general de las cosas de la Nueva 
Espafia”), es posible suponer que se trataba de una planta valiosa durante los 
tiempos de la Colonia en México. Si R. strobilophora corresponde al Cicimatic de 
Hernandez, las tradiciones etnobotanicas que se han mantenido por mas de 400 
afios podrian usarse como indicativas de un verdadero valor farmacoldgico de la 
especie. 


62 OCHOTERENA-BOOTH Vol. 20, No. 1 


RESUME- L’oeuvre de Francisco Hernandez “Histoire des plantes de la Nouvelle 
Espagne”, Scnte dans ie ese montié des XVI sénturi, c’est la principale source 
historique les plantes employer dans les 
Colonial temps au Mexique. En dépit de l’importance de c’est oeuvre, la manque 
d’un systéme de nomenclature universelle dans c’est temps difficulté la 
connaissance a l’identité des quelque plantes. Actuellement il y a plus que 2,000 
plantes par identifier, en plus d’autre avec ciseatable saentite, ces nécessite de 
spéciale aberision par wig taxonomist. Une recherche sour le possible utilité “especes 
du genre R ) dans les Colonial temps au Mexique a permis 
de proposer une identité pour le “Cicimatic” de Francisco Hernandez comme 
Ramirezella strobilophora (Robinson) Rose. C’est conclusion est appui sur la 
description botanique, ]’illustration et Vutilisation médicinal rapporté par 
Hernandez. Puisque un Cicimatic est ti dans l’oeuvre du Sahagun 
(“Histoire générale de las choses de la Nouvelle Espagne”), il est possible du supposer 
qu'il éte un plante de valeur dans - ——— a au onan, “in ea i seihies aa 
cpreapancine avec le Cicimatic d’H Vil 
s’aveaux garder pour plus que 400 année ‘pouvoir indiquer une vrai valeur 
médicinale de c’est espéce. 


INTRODUCTION 


Francisco Hernandez’s History of the Plants of New Spain is the main source of 
historical and ethnobotanical knowledge about the plants that were known dur- 
ing early colonial times in Mexico. Herndndez’s work provides botanical 
descriptions for 3076 plants (Flores and Valdés 1979), together with their common 
names, uses and, in some cases, illustrations. The significance of Hernandez’s work 
is reflected in the various attempts to publish his entire contribution. Portions of it 
were published in four versions: in Mexico by Ximénez (1615); in Italy (1651); in 
Madrid (1790), and again in Mexico by the Instituto de Biologia, Universidad 
Nacional Autonoma de México (1942-1946). The only complete version of 
Hernandez’s work was published in seven volumes by the Universidad Nacional 
Autonoma de México between 1959 and 1984 as the result of a multidisciplinary 
effort that involved the participation of botanists, zoologists, linguists, geogra- 
phers, and historians. 

Despite the unquestionable merit of Hernandez’s work, botanical writings of 
the era lacked a universal nomenclatural system. The use of common names that 
can refer to more than one species, be modified, or disappear with time, confounds 
the ability of modern workers to determine the identity of the species reported by 
Hernandez. Many researchers have provided significant contributions to the bet- 
ter understanding of the History of the Plants of New Spain (e.g., Sessé and Mocino 
1887 a and b; Ramirez 1893; Altamirano 1896; Urbina 1897; Standley 1920-26; Batalla 
et al. 1942-1943; Miranda et al. 1946). However, the sheer volume of information 
and the more than 400 years that have passed since its creation still leave much 
interesting ethnobotanical information to be rescued. 

To obtain a better understanding of the information for the more than three 
thousand plants mentioned by Hernandez, it is essential to know their taxonomic 
identity. Only about half of the plants mentioned by Hernandez have been stud- 


Summer 2000 JOURNAL OF ETHNOBIOLOGY 63 


ied (1,544). Based on the short but accurate botanical data provided by Hernandez 
as well as the occasional figures, identifications have been proposed for 98 names 
to the level of family, 249 to genera, and 667 to species (Flores and Valdés 1979). 
These names were compiled by Valdés and Flores (1984) in the seventh volume of 
The Complete Work of Francisco Hernandez. The remaining 530 of the studied names 
were not identified. The more than 2,062 names for which either no botanical com- 
ment has been given (Flores and Valdés 1979), or whose taxonomic identity is 
doubtful, stress the need for the participation of taxonomic specialists who could 
interpret Hernandez’s work. 

In revising the genus Ramirezella (Leguminosae, Papilionoideae), it was noted 
that one species, R. strobilophora (Robinson) Rose, has many common names and 
traditional medicinal uses in Mexico (Ochoterena-Booth 1991). Distributed prima- 
rily along the Pacific slope of the Sierra Madre Occidental, from southern Sonora 
and Chihuahua to Nicaragua, R. strobilophora is known by 11 common names: Nowa 
(Chihuahua); Cuahuexutl, Ejote de Monte or Dichi-kuu (Guerrero); Frijolillo 
(Guerrero, Morelos and Oaxaca); Periquito Azul Grande (Morelos); Flor de Paloma 
or Ie-paloma, Gallinita (Oaxaca); Choreque (Chiapas) and Choncho (El Salvador). 
The root of R. strobilophora is used by indigenous groups in northwestern Mexico 
as a catalyst in the fermentation of Agave to prepare the beverage that the Warihios 
call batari (H.S. Gentry 2404, F, MEXU, US). The Raramuri (Taraumaras) use it for 
the same purpose during the fermentation of maize to produce tesgiiino (R. Bye 
2847, COLO). In Oaxaca (Mexico) the bark of the liana is ground with water to 
treat fuegos (M. Sousa 7069 et al., MEXU), a kind of ulcer of the mouth (cold sores). 
In addition to this medicinal use, the boiled or toasted fruits are eaten locally (M. 
Sousa 7069 et al., MEXU; J. L. Viveros and A. Casas 332, MEXU). The present-day 
uses of Ramirezella strobilophora, as well as the great number of common names, 
se Ake ae a research on the possible uses of this species during colo- 
nial time 


METHODOLOGY 


Due to the morphological similarity between the genus Ramirezella and 
Phaseolus (the common bean), descriptions and illustrations of Hernandez that 
refer to beans (frijoles) were compared to species of Ramirezella. These were lo- 
cated using the indices of the History of the Plants of New Spain (Hernandez 1959). 
All descriptions that clearly did not correspond to Ramirezella were ruled out. The 
works of de la Cruz (1964, first edition 1552) and Sahaguin (1969, first edition 1590) 
were then consulted using Hernandez’s names in addition to beans (frijoles). The 
current ethnobotanical information of Ramirezella strobilophora was obtained from 
the notes on the labels of herbarium specimens. 


RESULTS 


Great resemblance was found between Ramirezella strobilophora and the illus- 
tration of the “Cicimatic” (Fig. 1A) from the History of the Plants of New Spain 
(Hernandez 1959). The similarity of the illustration was corroborated by the de- 


64 OCHOTERENA-BOOTH Vol. 20, No. 1 


scription of the “CICIMATIC or a plant similar to the cimatl” (Book 1, Chap. LVII), 
which can be translated as follows: 


About the CICIMATIC or a plant similar to the cimatl, The root is like that 
of the turnip and fibrous; twining red stems are borne from it with three- 
foliolated leaves that are heart shaped and similar to those of the other beans, 
of which it is a species, and medium size legumes which are produced by 
purple flowers in cluster like groups. It has a cold and astringent tempera- 
ment. The root, when crushed and sprinkled, cures ulcers because it cleans 
them and favors healing; therefore many people call it palancapatli, which 
means medicine for ulcers. It relieves in an admirable manner the inflamed 
sick eyes, removes clouds and fleshy excrescence, stops discharges of the 
abdomen, cures cough and makes parturient [women in labor] stronger. 
The cooked root is good against dysentery. It grows in temperate or warm 
regions like the Mexican one. 


The same name (Cicimatic) was found in the General History about the Things 
of New Spain from Sahagun (1969: Volume III, Book 11, Chap. 7, No. 232, Pg. 322) 
and the description also could be assigned to Ramirezella. 


ba 
7 © 


FIGURE 1A and B.— “Cicimatic” reproduced from Hernandez (1959). 


Summer 2000 JOURNAL OF ETHNOBIOLOGY 65 


DISCUSSION 


About the name.— Santamaria (1942 and 1974) reported that “Senecio vulneraris” (pre- 
sumably Senecio vulneraria DC) is known as “Cicimate,” a name derived from 
“Cimatl.” Nevertheless, the description and illustration of Hernandez do not cor- 
respond to species of Senecio or any other Composite and therefore it is easy to 
discard this as a potential identification for Hernandez’s Cicimatic. Many of the 
common names reported by Hernandez are apparently not applied any more. This 
could be due to the lack of current ethnobotanical information about Mexican 
plants, or it could be that the names were lost after the more than 400 years that 
have passed since the work was written. The second case represents a likely pos- 
sibility for the Cicimatic since the name itself referred to another plant, as can be 
seen in the Hernandez’s translation: “a plant similar to the Cimatl. Nonetheless, the 
existence of another species known with that common name (Senecio vulneraria 
DC) allow us to still consider the first alternative. None of the 11 common names 
by which Ramirezella strobilophora is currently known is linguistically related to it. 
According to Martinez (1979), the name Cimatl refers to Phaseolus coccineus L., but 
this reference could have been obtained from a proposed identification of 
Hernandez’s Cimatl. According to Paso and aaewanee (1988) the word Cimatl “was 
applied to roots which nt, commonly perpendicular, and 
sometimes pivoting, whether they were edible or not... cimatl was equivalent to 
stump or underground axis.’ 


About the proposed identification.— Urbina (1897) proposed that the description and 
characteristics of the figure correspond with Canavalia villosa Benth. More recently, 
Baas: et al. kaso took up Urbina’ s identification (Valdés and Flores 1984). 

of the genus Canavalia agree with Hernandez’s 
illustration, others do not. The stipules in this genus are small and deciduous, 
contrasting with the illustration of Hernandez (Fig. 1A), which shows very con- 
spicuous stipules. On the other hand, the inflorescence of Canavalia is a cluster in 
which the lower, more mature flowers are bigger than the upper ones, giving to it 
a conic aspect similar to Hernandez’s illustration. Although the flowers have the 
color mentioned by Hernandez, the morphology is different from the flowers of 
beans (Phaseolus) and can be easily distinguished. The fruits are comparatively 
larger than the legume of beans and have a rib along the side, which lends them a 
distinctive and characteristic aspect hard to cneeee witha bean. 

Besides the lack of concl to interpret Hernandez’s 
Cicimatic as a Canavalia, there is no current common name known for any species 
in this genus that can be connected with Cicimatic or Palancapatli. Nor is there 
ethnobotanical support for this identification. Although the fruit of Canavalia is 
eaten in some regions (e.g. Guerrero, Mexico), there is no information about any 
medicinal use. In summary, although there are some similarities between the il- 
lustration and Canavalia, this identification is not supported. 


About the description. Several species of the genus Ramirezella were described or 
considered at 5 some point as Phaseolus before that ‘genus was convincingly delim- 
ited. This refl imilarity of both genera. The description 


oO oO 


66 OCHOTERENA-BOOTH Vol. 20, No. 1 


of the Cicimatic provided by Hernandez is consistent with the characteristics of 
the genus Ramirezella. Although the vegetative characteristics in most of the 
Phaseolinae species are very similar, the description of the root resembling “the 
one of the turnip and fibrous” fits the root morphology of the genus Ramirezella 
(Fig. 2C). The fruits of R. strobilophora (Fig. 2B) are bigger than those of wild beans 
(Phaseolus), reaching sizes between 11.5 and 17 cm. Therefore, they can be catego- 
rized as “medium size.” The flowers are grouped in a kind of inflorescence that is 
known as a pseudocluster (Fig. 2A). The color of the flowers of R. strobilophora 
varies from white to violet, so that the tonality corresponds to that mentioned by 
Hernandez. 


About the uses.— Among the long list of medicinal uses reported by Hernandez for 
the “Cicimatic,” there is one in common with Ramirezella. Hernandez’s text de- 
scribes the capacity of Cicimatic to cure ulcers, a feature reflected in Hernandez’s 
translation of a second = name: _ pacmneapat or medicine for ulcers.” As 
mentioned previously, Rami is used in Oaxaca to treat cold sores, 

which can be considered a kind of ulcer. 

The properties of the root of Cicimatic were emphasized by Hernandez. It is 
interesting to note that the same part of the plant is currently used to elaborate 
fermented beverages. Gentry (1942) pointed out this employment of the root by 
the Warihios, but he unfortunately misidentified his collection number 2404, giv- 
ing to it the name Phaseolus caracalla L. instead of Ramirezella strobilophora. This 
error caused confusion in the subsequent use of the information, for in a later 
work, Gentry (1963) wrote: 


The chopped pieces [of Agave’s stems] are put into large ollas [pots] of 
water, and as a catalyzer the root of a vine (nawo) (Phaseolus caracalla L.) is 
put in, which they say causes the water to ‘boil’. After a day or so the bub- 
bling stops and the batari is ripe for drinking. The older the brew becomes 
after this point, the weaker it grows and they speak of it depreciatively as 
‘pasado’ [over-fermented]. If plenty is drunk, inebriation ensues. The drink 
has a sour astringent flavor. 


In the above passage, Gentry did not cite any reference specimens, but it is 
clear that the information came from his 1942 publication because of the coinci- 
dent use, scientific name and common name, the latter, by the way, with nowd 
appearing as nawo 

The fact that Ramirezella’s root affects the activity of bacteria and fungi may 
reflect the existence of some interesting compounds, as has been reported for 
Phaseolus (Litzinger 1983). Litzinger mentioned the presence of isoflavonoids, ste- 
roids, oxidative enzymes, non-proteic amino acids and indol alkaloids, which, 
according to Lappe and Ulloa (1989) take part in the catalytic conversion of the 
substrate during the elaboration of fermented beverages. Litzinger (1983) suggested 
that these substances could have medicinal applications or help in the treatment 
of intoxication. 

Two interesting points regarding traditional uses of plants through history 
rise in this case. The first one is related to the loss of uses, the second to the acqui- 


Summer 2000 JOURNAL OF ETHNOBIOLOGY 


Bracts 


Flower 


FIGURE 2.— Morphological characteristics of Ramirezella: (A) inflorescence of R. " 
strobilophora (Robinson) Rose; (B) fruits (legumes) of R. strobilophora; (C) root of R. nitida 
iper. 


68 OCHOTERENA-BOOTH Vol. 20, No. 1 


sition of uses. Are there more medicinal uses for Ramirezella that we do not know? 
If not, why did the other medicinal uses reported by Hernandez get lost? On the 
other hand, were the roots of Ramirezella always used in the preparation of fer- 
mented drinks and Hernandez did not capture this information? If not, when and 
how was this used acquired? More ethnobotanical research is needed in order to 
try to understand these questions. 


About the illustrations. As can be seen in the illustrations of the Cicimatic repro- 
duced from Hernandez’s work (Fig. 1 A and B), there are differences between the 
two plants illustrated. The plant of figure 1A has a shorter root than that of Figure 
1B and the detail of the flower (bottom right Fig. 1B) does not correspond to one of 
the Phaseolinae group because of its radial symmetry. The plant of figure 1A can 
be identified as a kind of bean or a related group because it shows trifoliolated 
leaves with stipules and a legume similar to a green bean (bottom right). 

Comparing the illustrations with the descriptions of Hernandez, figure 1B can 
be best assigned to AYECOCIMATL, which has the descriptive subtitle “a herb 
similar to the Cimatl” (Book 1, Chap. LV). The fact that the name Ayecocimatl also 
alludes to the Cimatl could be the cause of a mistake in the inclusion of this figure 
under the Cicimatic. In the description of the Ayecocimatl, Hernandez says that it 
has “...flowers at the end of the branches, scarlet and radiated as a star...,” just as it 
is represented in the detail of figure 1B. To assign this figure to the Ayecocimatl, 
which from the description was identified as Phaseolus coccineus L., opens the need 
for its reinterpretation, which in fact requires further study. 

Figure 1A, on the other hand, corresponds to the description of the Cicimatic 
and Ramirezella, especially because of the inflorescences, which appears to be a 
many-flowered cluster, and has the general aspect of this genus (Fig. 2A). In the 
drawing of the inflorescences it is possible to distinguish structures that can be 
interpreted as buds protected by bracts (Fig. 1A). Relatively large and persistent 
bracts are characteristic of the genus Ramirezella. The fruit and vegetative charac- 
teristics can also be associated with this genus (Fig. 2 B and C). 


About other sources of the XVI century—In the de la Cruz codex (1964), the first written 
work we know that refers to medicinal Mexican plants (originally published in 
1552), also known as Badiano codex, there is no plant that can be related with the 
Cicimatic (Valdés et al.1992). 

In the General History about the Things of New Spain (Volume III, Book 11, Chap. 
7, No. 232, Pag. 322) Sahagtin (1969, first published in 1590) wrote: 


There is another medicinal herb called cicimatic; it is a vine, with many 
very green leaves and wide growing in groups of three; it is like the beans; 
the green parts are not useful at all; the root has no flavor and is hard as a 
trunk, almost the size of the head of a person and large as an elbow; it has a 
thick bark, black outside and with thick red spots inside. Grounded, it is 
good for people with sick eyes that have a fleshy excrescence called 
ixnocapachiui; the ground-up root is covered with a cloth and squeezed 
over the eyes, after that, the fleshiness that covered the eyes is gone; it grows 
in all the mountains. 


Summer 2000 JOURNAL OF ETHNOBIOLOGY 69 


Later in the same work (Volume III, Book 10, Chap. 28, No. 9, Pag. 170), Sahagun 
rote: 


Against the sores outside the ears there are these remedies: take the leaf of 
coyolxochitl, grind it and mix it with océtzotl and put it over the sore, or 
grind it and mix it with the ajiya already mentioned and apply it on the 
sore, or take the herb called cicimatic in the [native] language, mix it with 
egg whites and apply it on the sore, or use all the other herbs that can be 
used to treat the rotten sores like the herb called chipilli and the stone of 
the avocado. 


The woody and hard root of Ramirezella can reach up to 70 cm in length. A red 
resin is present in both the stem and the root (Ochoterena-Booth 1991), character- 
istics that coincide with Sahagtin’s description. The names mentioned by Sahagun 
are the same as Hernandez, which suggests that it was an important plant during 
prehispanic and colonial times in Mexico. Estrada Lugo (1989), probably follow- 
ing Urbina’s identification, suggested that the Sahagtin’s Cicimatic corresponds 
to Canavalia sp. The same arguments made in favor of the Ramirezella identifica- 
tion can be also applied here. 


CONCLUSIONS 


Due to the inherent problems interpreting a treatment greater than 400 years 
old, it would be incorrect to reject categorically any alternative identification for 
Hernandez’s plants. However, Hernandez’s description of Cicimatic as “...similar 
to those of the other beans, of which it is a species;” the evidence of stipules in the 
illustration (Fig. 1A); the characteristics of the inflorescence in the drawing, here 
interpreted as bracts (Figs. 1A and 2A), the kind of fruit (Figs. 1A and 2B); the uses 
for the plant, and the description of Sahagtin, more probably correspond with 
those of Ramirezella. If this is true, considering the distribution and morphological 
characteristics of its species, it appears to be R. strobilophora. With this new inter- 
pretation, interesting alternatives emerge for future research related with the 
ethnobotany and potential pharmacological value of the genus Ramirezella. This 
kind of research could reinforce the proposed identification for the Cicimatic and 
at the same time allow a better use of Mexican natural resources. 


ACKNOWLEDGMENTS 


I acknowledge the curators of the following Herbaria for the access to the herbarium 
specimens from the genus Ramirezella: AA, CAS, CHAPA, COLO, ENCB, F, FCME, GH, 
HUAA, LA’MAGATALL, LL, MEXU, MICH, MO, NY, TEX, UAT, US, WIS, XAL. I would 
like to thank Alfredo Pérez and Ismael Calzada for the phonographs of the inflorescence 
and fruits, respectively. I sincerely appreciate the comments on the content of the original 
manuscript from Alfonso Delgado, Robert Bye, Hilda Flores and Javier Valdés. I also 
appreciate the kind review of the English version by Debra Campbell, Gary Fick, David 
Bates, Donovan Bailey, Pamela White, and the comments of one anonymous reviewer and 
Iris H. W. Engstrand, which greatly improve the content of the paper. 


70 OCHOTERENA-BOOTH 


Vol. 20, No. 1 


LITERATURE CITED 


ALTAMIRANO, M. 1896. Historia natural 
anlicada dalnce + ; An 


Inst. Med. Nac. Mex. 2: 261-272. . 

BATALLA, M.A., D. RAMIREZ CANTU 
and I. RIBERA MORALES. 1942-43. In 
Historia de Las Plantas de Nueva 
Espana Vols. 1-2 (F. Hernandez). 
Imprenta Univ., Mexico D.F 

DE LA CRUZ, M..-1964, Libellus de 
Medicinalibus Indorum Herbis 

Reimpresion, IMSS, Mexico D.F. 

ESTRADA LUGO, LIJ. 1989. El Cédice 
Florentino. nformacién 
Etnobotanica. Fortuna S.A-Colegio de 
Postgraduados de Chapingo, Mexico 


FLORES OLVERA, M. and J. VALDES 
GUTIERREZ. 1979. La obra botanica del 


Medicina Tradicional 2(6): 84-8 

GENTRY, H. S. 1942. Rio Mayo ae A 
study of the flora tig vegetation of the 
valley of the Rio Mayo, Sonora. 
Carnegie tnstitation of Washington, 
Publication 527. Washington 

______. 1963. The Warihio Indians of 
Sonora- Chihuahua: an ethnographic 
survey. Anthropological Papers No. 65. 
Smithsonian Institution. Washington, 


Ds 

Hernéndez, F. 1651. Nova Plantarum, 
Animalium Mineralium 
Mexicanorum Historia (Tesaurus). 
Roma. 


. 1790. Opera cum edita, tum 
Inedita (Edicion Muted’, (ee 
Heredum, Madri 

1942-46. Historia de Las Plantas 
de Nueva Espana. (Libros 1-24; Vol. II 
and Ill). Instituto de Biologia, UNAM, 
inne! D.F. 


1959-84. Obras Completas (Vol. 
EVID. UNAM, Mexico D.F. 

LAPPE, P. and M. ULLOA. 1989. Estudios 
Etnicos, Microbianos y Quimicos del 
Tesgiiino Tarahumara. Instituto de 
Biologia, UNAM, Mexico D.F. 

LITZINGER, W. J. 1983. The Ethnobiology 
of Alcoholic Beverage ae by the 
Lacandon, Tarahumara, and other 
aboriginal Meanaieeican peo 

esis, Doctor in Philosophy, University 
of Colorado. 


MARTINEZ, M. 1979. Catalogo de 
Nombres Vulgares y Cientificos de 
Plantas Mexicanas. Fondo de Cultura 
Econémica. Mexico D.F. 

MIRANDA, F., M.A. BATALLA, D. 
RAMIREZ CANTU and I. RIBERA 
MORALES. 1946. In Historia de las 
Plantas de Nueva Espana (F. 
Hernandez). Imprenta Univ., Mexico D.F. 

sage int BOOTH, 191. 

evisi6dn Taxonémica del Género 
Rypivien lla Rose (Fabaceae, 
Papilionoideae). Tesis Bidlogo, Facultad 
de Ciencias, UNAM, Mexico D. 

PASO Y TRONCOSO, F. DEL. 1988. La 
Botanica Entre los Nahuas y Otros 
Sor aie Secretaria de Educacioén 

Publica-Cienia de Mexico, Mexico D.F. 

RAMIREZ, J. 1893. Sinoniuia vulgar y 
cientifica de las plantas de la Nueva 
Espana de M. Sessé y José ‘Mocifio. El 
Estudio 4(7):220-22 

AHA 7 By DE. 1969. Historia General 
de las Cosas de Nueva Espana. Porrua, 


Mexico D.F. 

SANTAMARIA, F. J. 1942. Diccionario 
General de Americanismos. Editorial 
Pedro ae México, D. F. 

ten oe ario de 
ete ‘Editorial Porrua S$. A. 
México, D.FE. 

SESSE, M. and J.M. MOCINO. 1887a. 

Naturaleza 2(1): 


Appendix. 

—______and___. 1887b. Flora mexicana. 
Naturaleza 2(2): Apéndice. 

STANDLEY, P.C. 1920-26. Trees and shrubs 
of Seri Contr. U.S. Natl. Herb. 23(1- 
5): 1 

URBINA, ‘i 1897. Catalogo de ape 
mexicanas (Fanerogamas). Imp. M 

al. Mex., Mexico D. 
VALDES, J. and H. FLORES. 1984. 


n Obra 
Completas tomo VII (F. oe 
UNAM. Mexico D.F. 


Summer 2000 JOURNAL OF ETHNOBIOLOGY 71 


XIMENEZ, F. 1615. Quatro libros de la 
naturaleza y virtudes de las plantas y 


exten Oee and H. OCHOTERENA- 
BOOTH. 1992. La botdnica en el cédice 


de la CRUZ. in Estudios Recientes Sobre 
el Libellus de Medicinallibus Indorum 
Herbis (J. Kumate, M.E. Pineda, C. 
Viesca, J. Sanfilipo, I. de la Pena Paez, J. 
Valdés Gutiérrez, H. Flores Olvera, H. 
Ochoterena-Booth and X. Lozoya). 
Secretaria de Salud, Mexico D.F. 


animales que estén reunidos en el uso 
de la medicina de la Nueva Espana, y la 
método, y correcci6n, y preparacion que 


viuda de Diego Lopez Dabalos, Mexico. 
Reimpr. 1888. Secretaria de Fomento, 
Mexico D.F. 


72 BOOK REVIEWS Vol. 20, No. 1 


Gentry’s Rio Mayo Plants: The Tropical Deciduous Forest & Environs of North- 
west Mexico. Paul Martin, David Yetman, Mark Fishbein, Phil Jenkins, Thomas 
Van Devender, and Rebecca Wilson, eds. The University of Arizona Press, Tuc- 
son. xvi and 558 pp., maps, diags., photos, notes, refs., and index. $75.00 cloth 
(ISBN 0-8165-1726-6). 


Howard Scott Gentry is finally getting his due. This volume is a completely 
updated, re-edited version of Gentry’s original study of the Rio Mayo, in Sonora, 
Mexico. Here, in the moist canyons of the Rio Mayo, biologists continue to en- 
counter the juncture of Neo-Tropical and true Sonoran Desert plant species. The 
original 1942 release of Rio Mayo Plants was to be the first of many volumes pro- 
duced by one of the better field biologists of the century. Gentry did not consider 
himself to be a true botanist, and yet his contributions have endured, and his vol- 
ume on the Agaves of North America is still the most comprehensive treatise on 
the subject of these succulents. 

This new version is a beautifully produced, almost intimidati 
of new information on the region and its flora. To be sure, portions of ‘Gentry’ s 
original prose are present, but only amount to about 40 pages in the new version. 
The editors of this tome have organized the volume into four sections. Part 1 
consists of an overview of the Rio Mayo region, extant literature, and the contem- 
porary vegetation patterns. A list of localities cited in the study follows in Part 2, 
and part 3 is a portion of Gentry’s original work in describing the Rio Mayo. The 
bulk of this book is found in Part 4, which is a massive and useful annotated list of 
the Rio Mayo’s vascular plants. The editors canerully oon this information, 
and were cautious with their taxonomic ture; the region begs for further 
botanical and systematic work. 

It is impossible to review a taxonomic list of new plant collections this vast. 
The contributors to the volume include 27 botanists and biologists, not including 
the large numbers of collectors involved in the revision of Rio Mayo Plants. Each 
individual plant citation provides the scientific name, common names in Spanish, 
as well as indigenous languages of the region (Guarijio, Mayo, and Pima). They 
also include habitat descriptions, the site of collection, and verbal descriptions of 
the plants as well as their past and current uses by locals. The first three sections 
of the book contain photos, tables, as well as illustrations completed by Paul 
Mirocha. Two maps are provided with the volume: one is a large foldout of the 
Rio Mayo region, while the smaller encapsulates the vegetation of the region. The 
annotated list, however, lacks any illustrations. The new volume is rather useless 
as a key in the field, yet the amount of information contained in the new list of 
plants justifies the cost of this volume, for true enthusiasts at least. The number of 
species described, or rather taxa, has more than doubled since the original volume 
appeared. In addition, the contributors explicate the Rio Mayo’s changing bioge- 
ography, and how current patterns of land-use are changing the vegetation 
composition of this area. 

The writing is clear, pithy, and fairly uniform. This is an uncommonly good 
trait for an edited volume with a large number of contributors. The only flaw in 
the production of this updated Rio Mayo Plants volume is that the press adver- 


Summer 2000 JOURNAL OF ETHNOBIOLOGY 73 


tises the inclusion of a large color map: my copy was black and white. Under- 
graduates, graduate students, and professionals interested in biogeography, 
ethnobotany, and arid lands ecology will want (to use) this encyclopedic work. 
Most libraries, especially those located in the Southwestern U.S., might find it 
useful to buy two copies of this volume. Paul Martin and friends have given us a 
true gem, although as they note themselves, the mountains of southern Sonora 
beckon for more botanical work. Surely more treasures of the Sierra Madre re- 
main to be discovered. Had Gentry survived to see the release of this work, he 
would be pleased. 


Eric Perramond 
Department of Geography & Environmental Science 
Stetson University, Deland, FL 


as Le a4 ts 
7 . E j ne 
' 
> ur E 
~ . E = Ss 2 
proieaias on i - +51 h 
2 vies i 
j 
¥ 
f Jt ha } 
i * Tee - 
* _ Lt 


Journal of Ethnobiology 20(1): 75-91 Summer 2000 


MANAGEMENT OF TREES USED IN MURSIK (FERMENTED 
MILK) PRODUCTION IN TRANS-NZOIA DISTRICT, KENYA 


WILLIAM MUREITHI 
Department of Forestry, 
Moi University, 
P.O. Box 1125, Eldoret 
Kenya 


CHRISTOFFEL DEN BIGGELAAR 
Department of Interdisciplinary Studies 
109-B East Hall 
Appalachian State University 
Boone, NC 28608 
USA 


EDWARD W. WESAKANIA and KURIA KAMAU 
Kaisagat Environmental Conservation Youth Group 
P.O. Box 119, Kipsaina via Kitale 
Kenya 


CATHERINE GATUNDU 
Forest Action Network 
P.O. Box 21428, Nairobi 
Kenya 


ABSTRACT.- Milk treatment using trees is an age-old practice of both sedentary 
and nomadic pastoral communities in Kenya. Due to economic, political and 
environmental pressures, many pastoralists have become settled farmers and 
turned to crop cultivation as their main means of survival. However, they have 
continued to keep some cows and to treat their milk using traditional practices, 
incorporating the desired tree species into their farming system. This paper 
presents information as to how species are identified and selected, how the trees 
are managed, management problems associated with the trees, and how farmers 
evaluate the results of continuing experimentation with trees used for murstk 
production. 

Key words: Fermented milk, mursik, pastoralism, farming, Kenya 


RESUMEN.-Tratamiento de leche usando arboles es una antigua practica de 
comunidades pastoriles sedentario y némadas en Kenya. Por la influencia 
econémico, politica y ambiental, muchos ganaderos se hacen agricultores y se 
mantienen con las cultivacién de comida cémo su superviviente. Ademas, ellos 
siguen manteniendo vacas y tratando la leche con practicos tradicionales, 
incorporando los arboles necesarios en su sistema de agricultura. Este papel va 


76 MUREITHL et al. Vol. 20, No. 1 


prrsenies PELE CION et cos los especies se identifican y escojan, c6mo los 

as con los arboles, y como los granjeros evaluan los 
resultas de los experimentos continuos con los arboles en el uso del producci6n 
mursik. 


RESUME.— Le fraitement du lait a - partir de certains — ‘auein la 1 sean lconaniies de 


et nomadiques au ‘Kenya. A cause des pressions seed NN politiques et 
écologiques au cours des années, beaucoup de pastoralists sont devenus des 
cultivateurs comme moyen principal de survivre. Néanmoins, ils continuent 
d’élever des vaches laitiéres et d’utiliser leurs pratiques traditionnelles de 
traitement du lait en incorporant des espéces d’arbres utiliser pour ce but dans 
mae he = hl perettiens = informations ~ EASES Ee aNen et la 

rencontrées, 
et les méthodes ae par les éleveurs pour évaluer les résultats des leurs 
expérimentations continuelles avec des espéces d’arbres utilisées pour la 
production de mursik. 


INTRODUCTION 


Tree diversity is generally low in farming systems compared to natural eco- 
systems such as forests. Even so, forest and tree resources provide many benefits 
and form an important part of the rural household economy. Trees are used in 
various ways for economic, social and cultural purposes. To a large extent, rural 
people themselves determine the tree species that grow on their farms and influ- 
ence each other in terms of what agroforestry practices to adopt or to reject. 
Extensive discussions with farmers in Trans-Nzoia District, Kenya, revealed that 
every tree growing on farmers’ land has a role to play in the household economy. 
However, as some common and widely used tree species are facing extinction in 
both their natural and human-modified habitats due to population pressures and 
increasing demand for cultivation land, efforts should be made to document the 
uses of tree resources so that good cultivation and conservation practices can be 
developed. 

Such is the case with the tree species! used for the preservation of milk for the 
production of mursik, a traditional technology developed and widely used by 
various pastoral groups in Kenya. Mursik is the Kalenjin term for fermented milk, 
but the term is recognized and used by all ethnic groups in the research area. To 
date, little has been written about traditional milk preservation practices in Kenya. 
Articles found in most cases provide only very brief descriptions of the technol- 
ogy. Even the series of district socio-cultural profiles published in the mid-1980s 
devote only a few paragraphs to describing the technology (e.g., Were and Wanjala 
1986; Wanjala and Nyamwaya 1986; and Were and Olenja 1986). Other articles 
summarize the process of sour or fermented milk production as an introduction to 
their main topic, the microbiological analysis of fermented milk products (e.g., 
Miyamoto et al. 1985; Ashenafi 1993; Feresu 1992; Isono et al. 1994; Kassaye et al. 
1991; Mutukumira 1995; Mutukumira et al. 1995; and Nakamura et al. 1999). Shalo 
(1987) provides a generalized description of the pastoral methods of handling and 


Summer 2000 JOURNAL OF ETHNOBIOLOGY 77 


preserving milk practiced in Kenya, paying particular attention to the initiation 
and preparation of the milk storage gourds. The technology, however, is not re- 
stricted to Kenya, but is widely used in other Africa countries as well, for example 
the Sudan (Abdelgadir et al. 1998), Zimbabwe (Feresu 1992; Mutukumira et al. 
1995; Mutukumira 1995), Tanzania (Isono et al. 1994) and Ethiopia (Ashenafi 1994; 
Kassaye et al. 1991). 

More detailed descriptions of the process to produce iria ri matii, a fermented 
milk produced by the Meru, is provided by Kimonye and Robinson (1991), while 
the production of mursik is described by an anonymous author in Food Chain 
(Anon. 1994). The Meru people use charcoal from Olea europaea L. ssp africana (Mill.) 
P.Green to coat the inside of storage gourds; the attractive flavour/aroma of wood 
smoke is an essential characteristic of the product. The authors also describe the 
microbiology of the process involved. Wanjala and Nyamwaya (1986) reported 
about the production of murskik (sour milk) among the Tugen in Baringo District 
using charcoal obtained from Euclea divinorum Hiern. The purpose of doing so, 
according to these authors, is threefold: (1) it preserves the milk for a longer pe- 
riod; (2) sour milk is a strong and healthy meal in itself; and (3) it gives the milk 
colour and scent. The charcoal crushed into the gourd keeps it from wearing out 
fast, and it also erases the natural smell of a gourd when milk is drunk from it. 
Similar procedures are used by the Pokot and the Ilchamas (Wanjala and 
Nyamwaya 1986), but no mention is made of the species used for the charcoal to 
coat the milk storage gourds. 

The Maasai in Kajiado District use Olea europaea L. for the treatment of their 
gourds for the preparation of osaroi (sour milk), which is believed to assist milk in 
fermentation and “gives it a pleasant flavour enjoyed by the Maasai people” (Were 
and Wanjala 1986). From the description given by Were and Wanjala (1986), it is 
unclear whether the Maasai coat the gourds with charcoal as is done by the Tugen, 
Pokot and Ilchamas, or whether the gourds are only smoked with a burning piece 
of wood. Miyamoto ef al. 1985 reported on the production of maztwa lala (Kiswahili 
for sour milk) by the Maasai in Nakuru, Narok and Kajiado Districts of the Rift 
Valley Province in Kenya. In a brief description on the preparation methods of 
maziwa lala, Miyamoto et al. state that a gourd is washed with hot water and 
rubbed with the burnt end of some chopped sticks from a tree known as mutamayio 
(this tree could not be identified in Beentje (1994) or in other sources). This is done 
for both flavouring and pasteurizing. An anonymous author writing in the jour- 
nal Food Chain (1994) about milk preservation by the Kalenjin in Baringo District 
provided a good description of the process of milk preservation using charcoal, as 
well as an explanation of how the technique works to preserve the milk. Like the 
other studies, the author identified only one tree used for this purpose ( ite), but 
did not provide a scientific name of this species. Ite could refer to Acacia mellifera 
which is spelled as Iti in Samburu and Oete or Eite in Maa according to Interna- 
tional Centre for Research in Agroforestry (ICRAF)(1992), or Oiti according to 
Beentje (1994). According to Ronoh (1987), the methods used to preserve milk by 
the Maasai, Kalenjins, Boranas, Turkanas, Pokot and Somalis are such that milk 
can be kept as long as three months. 

Riley and Brokensha (1988) briefly described milk preservation practices among 


78 MUREITH {et al. Vol. 20, No. 1 


the Mbeere, who live on the semi-arid plains south of Mt. Kenya. The Mbeere use 
smoke to sterilize the gourds used for milk storage, contrary to farmers in the 
above mentioned studies who use charcoal. Nevertheless, the charcoal may still 
smoke when crushed in the gourds, thus indirectly providing this sterilizing ser- 
vice as reported in the article “Mursik - Fermented milk in Kenya” (Anon.,1994). 
Several tree species are used by the Mbeere to smoke their gourds, but they are 
different from those used by farmers in the other studies cited above, reflecting 
the different ecological and biogeographic conditions in each area. Kassaye et al. 
(1991) also reported on the use of smoke to prepare the storage gourds for the 
preparation of ititu (or concentrated, fermented milk) by pastoralists in Southern 
Ethiopia. Pastoralists there use wood from Acacia nilotica (L.) Willd. ex Delile to 
smoke the gourds. Another study from Ethiopia (Ashenafi 1994) also mentioned 
the smoking of fermenting vessels with Acacia nilotica wood by pastoralists in ru- 
ral areas. In the highlands, however, smoking of containers with olive wood is 
more common according to Ashenafi (1994). Smoking of milk gourds is also used 
by the Turkana as reported by Galvin (1985). 

The above studies indicate that the use of charcoal and smoke from selected 
tree species is widespread among pastoral people in East Africa. However, the 
authors (with the exception of Riley and Brokensha 1988) make it appear is if each 
ethnic group only uses one specific species for the treatment of their milk, which 
may or may not be the case. In addition, none of these studies report on the tree 
species themselves, such as where pastoralists obtain the wood, whether the trees 
used in the process are actively planted and managed, or the specific problems 
farmers encounter using the technology (in particular related to the trees employed 
for the process) and ways they have tried to solve them. This article will address 
some of these gaps. It is based on a study of milk treatment by farmers in Trans 
Nzoia sian Kenya. Our intention is not to provide a detailed description of the 
milk ¢ process as such, but to provide more i about the trees 
associated with the technology and their management. 


OBJECTIVES 


The integration of woody species with crops and animals is an age-old prac- 
tice of people throughout the world. The formal study of what is now termed 
agroforestry, however, started only about 20 years ago. Despite heavy investment 
in research and extension in these two decades, agroforestry efforts have met mixed 
success, largely because nae le and ae ouabinea have not paid sufficient at- 


seni (if any at all) to farmer. s designed and developed 

through their own efforts (den Biggelaar 1996a), The realization that, indepen- 
dently of formal research and extension, farmers and y country 
carry out i tati on tree cultivation and t and 


share findings with others, led to a major initiative by the Forest, Tree and People 
Programme (FTPP) to document these informal research and extension practices. 
A case study format was chosen by FTPP as the best way to study farmers’ experi- 
mental and information sharing practices and processes, enabling outsiders to 
understand their underlying rules and logic in different regions around the world. 


Summer 2000 JOURNAL OF ETHNOBIOLOGY 79 


The objectives of the case studies were two-fold: 


1. To document how selected farmers organize experiments and disseminate 
improved forest and tree management practices. The case studies were geared 
less at describing specific improved practices, but more at developing an un- 
derstanding of the “why” and “how” aspects behind the practices. 


2. To define the current and potential role (if any) for outside institutions (e.g., 
NGOs, research, extension, donor-funded projects, universities) to support 
farmers in the above endeavors. 

The study presented in this paper was one of four case studies undertaken in 
East Africa as part of the global FTPP initiative, and was guided by the above 
objectives. The specific topic was chosen after preliminary discussions with key 
informants in Trans-Nzoia District. The informants suggested milk treatment for 
this study, as it was an innovation developed by pastoral people themselves that 
is culturally important, widely spread across different ethnic communities in the 
research area, and still much in use to this day. For example, Kalenjin-speaking 
people (Kipsigis, Nandi and Tugen among others) believe that milk cannot be con- 
sumed fresh, but must undergo treatment before consumption. During the initial 
visit to the area, farmers mentioned several problems that could impede the fu- 
ture use and further development of the technology. Chief among these problems 
are the dwindling supplies of certain favoured tree species used for milk treat- 
ment in spite of having incorporated some of th pecies into the farming systems. 
However, a more thorough understanding of the technology and the exact nature 
of the problems would be necessary to determine how outside institutions could 
help farmers maintain and develop the technology further. 

This study investigated the nature of the milk treatment procedures used by 
farmers in Trans Nzoia District, origins of the technology, and the selection, man- 
agement, and incorporation of trees used for this purpose within the farming 
system. We conclude the paper by identifying a number of areas in which research 
and development could be of assistance to improve and extend the use of this 
technology as a viable alternative to modern, expansive, capital-intensive milk 
processing plants. 


METHODOLOGY 


Data collection and analysis. The study was carried out in a three months period 
between August and October 1996, and consisted of three stages. Stage one in- 
volved a reconnaissance tour of the District by the researchers from Moi University 
together with the area agricultural extension officer and representatives of the 
Kaisagat Environmental Conservation Youth Group to identify the topic of the 
case study. During the tour, interviews were conducted with key informants (indi- 
vidual farmers and farmer groups). The majority of participating farmers were 
traditional pastoralists who had settled in the District and turned to farming as a 
survival strategy. They had a highly developed traditional knowledge on the use 
of tree resources for fodder, medicine (for livestock and human beings), food and 
milk preservation. Traditionally, these communities did not plant trees since natu- 


80 MUREITHL et al. Vol. 20, No. 1 


ral regeneration ensured a sufficient supply of trees for various uses. The demand 
for land for settlement and crop production, however, reduced forest cover and 
tree species diversity. Nowadays, farmers are actively planting and conserving 
tree species, especially those which address their cultural and economic needs 
such as species suitable for milk treatment. 

Stage two involved collection of data from individual households. This stage 
involved direct observation of the milk preservation procedures used by farmers, 
and the use of structured interview schedules and informal interviews about the 
process, tree se — and their ar a wae! and problems and constraints 

g method from division to location was adopted 
to ensure ro all ethnic ¢ groups in the two locations were included in the sample. 
Within the district, two divisions (Cherangani and Kwanza) were chosen randomly; 
in turn, one location was chosen at random in each of the two divisions. In each 
location, households of different ethnic groups were chosen based on their per- 
ceived knowledge and expertise of milk treatment based on information from key 
informants. Since women are the custodians of indigenous knowledge in the area 
of food preservation, the sampling procedure was directed towards them. How- 
ever, both the head of the household and his spouse (if applicable) were 

inte d. A total of 60 farmers (36 from Cherangani and 24 from Kwanza) were 

interviewed. Semi-structured interview schedules were used to guide the inter- 
views to assure that similar information was collected from each household. 
Nevertheless, based on the answers of respondents, additional questions were 
posed to seek clarifications and additional information. Questions in these inter- 
views included descriptions of the technology (often including a showing of milk 
gourds, utensils, prepared branches) to learn how it is milk treatment is done; 
perceptions of how and why the treatment is effective in preserving milk; choice 
of species used and their advantages and disadvantages; changes in species used 
from the past and/or from respondent area of origin, and the reasons for these 
changes; location(s) where f used in milk treatment; and prob- 
lems and constraints encountered with the technology in general and the desired 
species (esp. regarding their multiplication nd management) in particular. A stan- 
dard form designed by the researchers was used to collect information on each 
species used and cultivated for the purpose of milk preservation. 

Stage three consisted of two community workshops in which the results of the 
surveys, observations and informal interviews were presented to the community 
for verification, discussion and further explanation where necessary. Small group 
discussions using a list of questions were used to further explore key issues re- 
lated to milk treatment (past, present and future). 


Species identification.-In general, species were identified through their vernacular 
names used by the different ethnic groups in the area. The fact that two of the au- 
thors (Mr. Wesakania and Mr. Kamau) are also farmers in the study area, manage a 
small tree nursery for the youth group they lead, and are knowledgeable of the local 
vegetation greatly facilitated species identification. All but one of the species used 
for milk preservation are trees common throughout Kenya with which the Kenyan 
authors were familiar, and for which they knew both the local and scientific names. 
The exception was Lippia kituiensis (vernacular name is Mwokiot or Mwokyot in 


Summer 2000 JOURNAL OF ETHNOBIOLOGY 81 


Kipsigis), which was identified through Beentje (1994: 668). The identification of all 
species, however, was verified through consultations of Beentje (1994), ICRAF (1992), 
Gachathi (1989) and Teel (1984). Additional botanical information on the species 
was obtained from the Missouri Botanical Garden’s W? Tropicos VAST nomencla- 
tural database and authority files on the Internet (MOBOT, n.d.). 


RESULTS AND DISCUSSION 


Study area.-The study was conducted in Kwanza and Cherangani Divisions of 
Trans-Nzoia District in Western Kenya. The district covers 2,468 km? and has an 
elevation averaging 1800 m asl. Most of the rivers in the district are tributaries of 
the Nzoia River and flow throughout the year. The district has a highland equato- 
rial type of climate with a fairly well distributed ay aee annual precipitation of 
1120 mm, and an average mean temperature of 18.6°C. 

The District Development Plan (DDP) of 1994 estimated the district’s popula- 
tion at 462,748. Although no concrete data exist as to the exact numbers, there has 
been a steady in-flow of migrants from different parts of Kenya in the last 30 years 
(DDP 1994). This was confirmed by the fact that 98% of the farmers interviewed 
migrated to the district in the last 32 years. The main attraction for migrants into 
the area was the availability of land for settlement and a favorable climate for both 
cultivation and livestock. 

The tenure system in the area has changed over the years. Initially, much of 
the land belonged to large individual farmers, mostly British settlers. After Kenya’s 
Independence in 1963, these settler farms were sold as group farms to individual 
small holders, or were expropriated by the government for settlement schemes 
and co-operative and corporate farms owned by the Agricultural Development 
Corporation and the Kenya Seed Company, among others. These large farms have 
in the recent past been subdivided and given out to individual (mainly small- 
holder) farmers, although a large number of these are not registered and farmers 
do not have title deeds to their land. 

The total area under forest in the district is 50,292 hectares, but immigration 
and settlement have led to serious deforestation in many parts of the district. The 
incorporation of trees and shrubs in the farming systems has partly mitigated the 
loss of natural forests. Agroforestry has become one of the mua production 
activities in the district, supplying the bulk of the about 500,000 m° of fuel wood 
consumed annually (DDP 1994). Demand for fuel wood is bound to increase due 
to an increasing population. Through the combined efforts of the Forest Depart- 
ment and NGOs, over four million seedlings are produced and supplied to farmers 
annually to meet the growing demand for fuel wood and other tree products. The 
survival rate has, however, been very low, not exceeding 30% each year according 
to Forest Department and extension personnel. One of the reasons for the low 
survival rate is that seedlings provided are mostly exotics with no cultural impor- 
tance, leading to a lack of proper care to ensure survival. 

Dairy farming is a major economic activity and constitutes a large Proportion 
of income for both the small and large-scale farmers. Farmers experience prob- 
lems in the marketing of their milk due to lack of storage facilities and a poor 


82 MUREITH et al. Vol. 20, No. 1 


transportation system. The dairy market is poorly developed in the district, with 
Kenya Cooperative Creameries (KCC) being the only commercial buyer of milk 
produced in the area; delayed payments for milk delivered to KCC exacerbated 
the problems experienced by farmers during much of 1995 and 1996. The need to 
treat and preserve milk at the farm level has, therefore, increased in importance 
despite the availability of modern milk processing facilities in Kenya. 


Problems that led to uses of trees in milk treatment.-The use of trees in milk treatment 
is a common practice among farmers in Trans-Nzoia District. The technology has 
been practised for a long time by pastoral communities, and non-pastoralists (e.g., 
the Kikuyu) have adopted this practice from them. The farmers identified the fol- 
lowing problems and conditions leading to their experimentation with milk 
treatment: 


¢ Milk is a major source of food for pastoral people, but many sipruispetigse = sen 
tose intolerant. Fermentation is, therefore, necessary to improve the 
of milk. 


Z 


The odour, taste, and flavour of fresh milk are not pleasing (farmers are of the 
opinion that fresh milk smells and tastes like cow urine) and need to be im- 
proved before it can be consumed. The charcoal helps to neutralize the 
undesirable odour and taste of the milk. Shalo (1987) reported that the finely 
divided charcoal inside the gourds has a wide surface area, and hence is very 
active absorbent of flavours in milk. The charcoal itself also imparts flavour to 
the milk (Shalo, 1987) 


The white colour of milk is not acceptable to farmers, who accord a high aes- 
thetic value to the bluish-grey colour imparted to the milk by the charcoal. 
Similar findings were reported by Anon. (1994) and Shalo (1987). 


Lack of markets and refrigeration, and the need to store milk for the dry sea- 
son (when milk production decreases due to a lack of pasture) required that 
excess milk be stored for longer time. There was, therefore, a need to preserve 
the milk and improve its shelf-life. For example, the Pokot developed chekha 
mwaka, a specially treated milk that could be stored for over one year with- 
out spoiling (findings from interviews for this study). This is much longer 
than the up to 3 month shelf-life reported by Ronoh (1987) earlier. 


Gourds were and still are the best storage facilities to the farmers; they are 
cheap and easily available. However, gourds give milk stored in them a bitter 
taste. Moreover, gourds are hard to clean and produce a bad smell that affects 
the milk stored in them. Thus, treatment of milk was also necessary to neu- 
tralize the bad smell and bitter taste of the gourds. 


Table 1 summarizes the reasons cited by respondents of why they treat their 
milk. Enhancement of taste and flavour was cited by 86% of the respondents as a 
reason for treating milk, although it was more important to farmers in Cherangani 
(92%) than to farmers in Kwanza (79%). The second reason cited was palatability 
(in the sense of being merely agreeable (WWWebster Dictionary, 2000) (75%), fol- 
lowed closely by the necessity of preserving the milk (cited by 73%). Again, there 


Summer 2000 JOURNAL OF ETHNOBIOLOGY 83 


are differences between the two Divisions, with preservation being more impor- 
tant to Cherangani farmers (83%) and palatability being more important to Kwanza 
farmers (79%). The differences between the two Divisions are largely due to the 
ethnic affiliations of the respondents. The medicinal value of treated milk was 
cited by 18% of respondents, but was more important in Kwanza (25%) than in 
Cherangani (14%). 

The medicinal properties attributed to treated milk are imparted to it through 
the use of tree species that are known to cure diseases in animals or people. Me- 
dicinal tree species are the most frequently used species for milk treatment, as will 
be shown later. New species are often identified through already known medici- 
nal use. We also surmise that fermented milk may be beneficial to establishing a 
healthy intestinal flora, which is similar to the use of yoghurt for this purpose in 
Western cultures. Shalo (1987) mentioned that charcoal, being a material interme- 
diate between wood and ash, contains minerals that will benefit the nutritional 
value of milk which may, unintentionally, contribute to the overall health of its 
consumers. 


Milk treatment procedure.— The first step in the treatment process involves the prepa- 
ration of the milk storage gourds. Women use the stalk (central nerve) of palm 
leaves to scrape the inside of the gourds to remove old fat and milk solids that 
cannot be removed by washing only. A few days before milk is to be treated, a 
small branch of a selected tree species, about the thickness of a thumb, is debarked 
and left to dry. One end of the dried piece of wood is then put in the fire to burn. 
When the end is completely burnt, it is gently crushed on the side and bottom of a 
cleaned milk storage gourd to crush it into charcoal dust. This procedure is re- 
peated several times until the gourd is completely coated on the inside. The excess 
dust is removed, and the gourd is then ready for milk storage. The quality of mursik 
(treated milk) obtained through this process is evaluated using the criteria of colour, 
smell and taste of the final product. Farmers claimed that their traditionally treated 
milk was superior to untreated milk or factory-processed milk from KCC. 

A question in the community workshops about when the process was first 
used led to much lively discussion. Tracing oral histories and using age groups, 
participants agreed that the earliest reference would place its development about 
300 years in the past. As there are no written documents to verify this, we ac- 


TABLE 1.- Problems and conditions underlying the need for milk treatment. 
ie bl is Sot derives 2 cloacae ee ee 
% of respondents 


Condition/problem 
Total (n=60) Cherangani (n=36) Kwanza (n=24) 
92 ail 


Taste / flavor 86 

Palatability 75 83 58 
Preservation 73 72 79 
Smell 65 67 63 
Color 55 14 25 
Medicinal 11 50 63 


NB: Multiple responses were allowed. 


84 MUREITHI et al. Vol. 20, No. 1 


cepted this as a reasonable date although the technology could in fact be much 
older. According to the farmers present at the discussion, little has changed in the 
treatment procedures over time, although the species used have changed espe- 
cially after people migrated to new areas where old, favoured trees could not be 
foun 


Tree identification and selection procedure. - According to oral histories collected dur- 
ing the exercise, the id f the tree species 
and their parts to be used in milk treatment was a systematic exercise. It involved 
the participation of both men and women, but the role of men varied between 
communities. For example, among the Kikuyus (a traditional farming commu- 
nity), the men are involved in both identification of suitable species and the 
treatment of the milk. In traditional pastoral communities (for example, Kalenjin 
and Pokot), both men and women are involved in identification of suitable tree 
species, but only women would do the actual milk treatment. It should be noted, 
though, that over time the role of men in the exercise has gradually declined in 
these communities; women are now solely responsible for the development, imple- 
mentation and maintenance of the technology. 

Not all tree species are suitable for milk treatment. The choice of species and 
the tree parts to be used are based on: (1) the availability of the species from natu- 
ral forests or tree patches, and (2) prior knowledge about the species, particularly 
their use for medicinal purposes for both livestock and human beings, or fodder 
for livestock. The selection process of potential milk treatment tree species involves 
smelling the leaves of the tree and/or the smoke produced when burning a branch 
of candidate species. It can also involve the chewing of specific tree parts such as 
leaves, stem, and bark. Species that produce a pleasant smell and have a good 
taste, are easy to burn and produce a porous charcoal to facilitate its crushing 
inside the gourds will be tried on milk on an experimental basis. Whether the tree 
would be adopted for the purpose of treating milk depended on the quality of the 
initial treatment trial; evaluation criteria to judge the results of the trial empha- 
sized the quality of the treated milk in terms of taste, colour, smell and shelf-life. 

Presently, farmers use the following tree species for milk treatment (in order 
of preference obtained through a ranking procedure): Senna didymobotrya (Fresen.) 
Irwin&Barneby (syn. Cassia didymobotrya Fres.), Lippia kituiensis Vatke, Prunus 
africana (Hook.f.) Kalkm., Olea europaea L. ssp africana (Mill.) P.Green, Croton 
macrostachyus Del., Olea capensis L., and Rhus natalensis Krauss. Several other spe- 
cies are used as well, but by few farmers (Table 2); they include Euclea divinorum 
Hiern., Dombeya torrida (J.F.Gmel.) P.Bamps ssp torrida (syn. D. goetzenii K. Schum.), 
Bridelia micrantha (Hochst.) Baill., and Acacia gerrardi Benth. A few exotic species 
have been experimented on by women in the recent past (e.g. Acacia mearnsii 
DeWild. and Eucalyptus spp). A. mearnsii (black wattle) was found to have side 
effects on men, namely the blockage of the urinary tract, while Eucalyptus spp 
were found to be ineffective for the purpose and giving the milk a bad taste (which 
some farmers described to be similar to cold medicine). These species have there- 
fore been abandoned for use in milk treatment by the communities who tried them 
(e.g., the Kalenjin). Most of the above species are grown on the farm, but some can 
be found only in the dwindling natural forests of the district. 


Summer 2000 JOURNAL OF ETHNOBIOLOGY 85 


Domestication and management of tree species used in milk treatment. —- Generally, where 
farmers have chosen to voluntarily grow trees on their farms, the species planted 
are carefully selected. In the study area, farmers’ choice of species varied accord- 
ing to gender, with men favouring species that provide income (from the sale of 
charcoal, poles, posts and timber) and women favouring species used in milk treat- 
ment or meeting fuelwood needs. It was found that among women, trees which 
could be used for milk treatment (e.g., Senna didymobotya) were preferred over 
species with a narrow fuelwood focus. However, women considered fuelwood of 
such species as a valuable secondary product. Because mursik has a special cul- 
tural meaning for women and is important to the welfare of the family, trees that 
were used to provide milk treatment ingredients were better taken care of by the 
women than trees providing other products. Species used for milk treatment are 
nowadays managed primarily by women, but all the members of the household 
will respect and take care of the trees. Men appreciate the important role of these 
species in the household economy and will (and can) not cut them for other pur- 
poses. 

Amon ities where milk is a traditional and main source of food (such 
as the sedentary pastoralists) and where immediate storage and marketing facili- 
ties are lacking, trees used for milk treatment are not used for fuelwood or any 
other purpose. They are planted and managed solely for the purpose of milk treat- 


TABLE 2.— Domestication of trees used for milk treatment. 


Species Households Households Off-farm Other uses 
using (n) cultivating (n) source (n) 


Senna didymobotrya (Fresen.) 

Irwin & Barne 

Cassia didymobotrya Fres.) 36 39 Fw, M 
Lippia kituiensis Vatke 34 34 Neighbor 1 Fw, M 


Olea europaea L. ssp africana (Mill.) 


P. Green 27 3 Forest 6 Fw 
Olea capensis L. 22 6 Forest - Fw 
Prunus africana (Hook.f.) Kalkm. 18 13 Fw, M, O, P 
Rhus natalensis Krauss 10 Forest 4 Fw, P 
Euclea divinorum Hiern. 3 11 Forest 4 Fw, P 
Dombeya torrida (J.F. Gmel.) P. Bamps 
ssp. torrida (syn. D. goetzenii K.Schum.) 9 5 Neighbor 1 Fw, O, P,R 
Acacia gerrardi Benth. 1 - Fw, P 
Acacia mearnsii DeWild. 5 6 2 Fw, P 
Eucalyptus spp 5 yg Fw, P, T 
Bridelia micrantha (Hochst.) Baill. 3 13 Fw, P 
5 28 Fw, O, P 


Croton macrostachyus Del. 

Abbreviations: Uses: Fw=Fuelwood P= Poles, posts 
M = Medicinal R = Ropes 
O=Ornamentals T= Timber 


86 MUREITHI et al. Vol. 20, No. 1 


ment. In some communities, it is also taboo to cross-over or step on pieces of wood 
cut for the purpose of milk treatment. 

The trees commonly used in milk treatment were found either scattered in the 
fields or growing around the homestead. There was a good relationship between 
the three most preferred species as identified in the preference ranking exercise 
and the presence of these species on the farm (Table 2). Olea spp. were widely used 
for milk treatment and demand for the species was high, but few households cul- 
tivated them because of their difficult r and t. On the other 
hand, species like Eucalyptus spp and Acacia mearnsii ranked very low for milk 
treatment, but were very common on the farm as they are easy to propagate and 
manage. The latter species were managed by men, who planted these fast-grow- 
ing species for income generation through the sale of fencing posts, small timber 
and charcoal. 

In the two divisions, 44 percent of the farmers cultivated all the species they 

use for milk treatment within their farms; 39 percent cultivated some but not all 
the species used. The remainder of the farmers (17%) did not grow any milk treat- 
ment species on their farms, but instead collected them from common property 
resources. Senna didymobotrya and eee meters were the most popular species 
used for milk treatment. Sixty percent of tl had planted Senna 
in their homesteads, while fifty-seven percent maintained Lippia kituiensis in thete 
fields. Prunus africana is another important species used for milk treatment across 
communities; over 20 percent of the farmers interviewed are cultivating it on their 
farms. 
Senna didymobotrya was planted primarily around the homesteads to enable 
women to: (1) protect it from browsing livestock; (2) lop some branches whenever 
they prepared mursik without having to walk long distances; and (3) minimize 
interference of the trees with other crops and farming activities including mecha- 
nization. The management techniques to maintain the species included protection 
against livestock, planting using seeds (for all species except Lippia kituiensis), and 
pollarding and thinning to control overcrowding and to stimulate the trees to grow 
many small branches for use in milk treatment. 


Constraints.— Several traint identified regarding seed collection and stor- 
age, breakage of seed dormancy, and the management of trees. According to the 
farmers, many indigenous species do not produce seeds, making their propaga- 
tion difficult. Those that do produce seed may take a long time to reach maturity, 
as is the case with Olea capensis and O. europaea ssp. africana. Most farmers stated 
that milk treated with Olea apecies tasted the best but they had to look for alterna- 
tive species because few trees of ere remaining in the area. AGikuyu 
farmer explained how her husband had cecil a piece of olive wood from Kiambu 
District (over 600 km from Cherangani Division) and how she wisely used that 
piece for nearly one year in treating her milk. Farmers who do have a few olive 
trees left on their land carefully guard them and do not allow further cutting. The 
remaining specimens, often located on grazing fields or near river banks, are care- 
fully protected by the population. 

A second problem is access to, and availability of, seedlings of useful and pre- 
ferred species as they are rarely found in village tree nurseries or the nurseries of 


Summer 2000 JOURNAL OF ETHNOBIOLOGY 87 


the Forest Department and NGOs. The farmers felt that many times their species 
of priority were not available in the local nurseries, leading them to plant trees 
about which they had very little local knowledge. This may be one of the reasons 
why the survival rate of seedlings was very low. 


Farmers’ research activities on milk treatment.— At the time of the study, farmers stated 
that they were experimenting with various technologies to solve problems and 
constraints encountered with the cultivation of species used for milk treatment (as 
mentioned in the previous section). For example, some species well-liked for milk 
treatment such as Olea europaea ssp. africana, O. capensis and Rhus natalensis have 
become extinct on many farms (see Table 2 for the number of households growing 
these species) and have become rare in the neighbouring natural forest of Mount 
Elgon. Farmers continue their investigations of the multiplication of indigenous 
trees which are difficult to propagate due to lack of seeds and/or germination 
problems, for example Lippia kituiensis and Olea spp. Some farmers tried to plant 
cuttings and wildlings (i.e., seedlings collected from natural forests in the area) of 
Olea spp and Rhus natalensis, but without much success; however, they continue 
trying to augment the number of these species on their farms. 

L. kituiensis is difficult to propagate | the seeds are very small and there- 
fore difficult to collect. Farmers have also experienced problems getting the seed 
to germinate; according to them, the species does not germinate and grow on crop 
land but only in pastures. It was surmised that this could be caused either by the 
breakage of seed dormancy when seeds pass through the digestive system of ani- 
mals, or by the seeds being buried too deeply in cultivated fields so that they 
would not germinate. Research attention to solve this problem would be much 
appreciated by farmers, as it was presently a much favoured species for milk treat- 
ment. 

In addition, farmers are engaged in a continuous search for new medicinal 
plants both for human beings and livestock because the prices of drugs have esca- 
lated with a simultaneous decline in the quality of veterinary and health services. 
Eventually, some of these medicinal species may be tried and used for milk treat- 
ment, as many of the species presently used for milk treatment were identified 
through their prior use as medicinals. 


Information sharing. Although farmers were (and some still are) actively engaged 
in experimentation on the use and management of trees, they are not sharing find- 
ings in any formal, organized methods of communicating information between or 
within different communities. These findings are similar to findings from research 
by den Biggelaar (1996) and Sperling et al. (1993) in Rwanda. Farmers and com- 
munities do learn from each other through informal channels such as observation 
of each other’s practices on the farm and discussions at social gatherings and cer- 
emonies. For example, farmers influence each other in the choice of tree species to 
plant through these informal ways of sharing information. Mostly, the informa- 
tion shared between communities concerned species with common economic uses 
such as fuel wood or milk treatment. Information on other, non-economic uses 
(for example, on medicinals), was rarely shared, as such uses were more tied up in 
cultural and social believe systems. 


88 MUREITHL et al. Vol. 20, No. 1 


CONCLUSIONS 


Based on oral history recollections by farmers, the procedures for the treat- 
ment of milk have not changed much during the last 300 years, and, besides a 
change in species used over time, little innovation has taken place to improve 
them. Milk treatment remains largely a trial and error affair, in which the result 
cannot be obtained until the milk is ready for drinking, which is expensive in 
terms of time, money and milk (sometimes milk is lost because of adverse effects 
or unsuccessful treatment). The technology, therefore, appears to be ‘static’: There 
is either no need or opportunity for improving the process, or farmers depend on 
outside assistance for the further development of the technology (in the form of 
material, advice or ideas) which is not forthcoming. Innovations in milk treatment 
that did occur relate largely to the search for alternative species (which was some- 
times successful) to treat milk because favored trees became scarce in the 
environment, or because species encountered in Trans-Nzoia were different from 
those found in areas where farmers migrated from. The main conclusion from this 
case study (which was supported by the findings of the other studies in East Af- 
rica; e.g. den Biggelaar 1996a; Aluma et al. 1996; Njoka and Makenzie 1996) is that 
knowledge generation is the rule (each time milk is treated is different and a learn- 
ing experience from which new knowledge is obtained), but innovation is the 
exception. Networking with other pastoral people both within and outside Kenya 
(among communities not represented in Trans-Nzoia District such as the Maasai, 
Somali, Turkana and Samburu; Karamajong and Bayankole in Uganda; and Peul, 
Touareg, Fulani, Tutsi and Somali and other pastoralists in other parts of Africa) is 
recommended as one means to improve the technology. It may lead to new ideas, 
methods and species to be used for milk treatment by encouraging horizontal learn- 
ing and communication among communities around a theme of common interest. 

The goal of FAO’s Farmer-initiated Research and Extension Practices initia- 
tive was to study and document local (agro)forestry knowledge and technologies 
with local people and communities in order to facilitate the identification, imple- 
mentation and evaluation of people’s own priorities for tree growing. Following 
findings of Scherr (1992, 1993) and van der Ploeg (1991), the initiative aimed at 
generating more reliable research and extension agendas than top-down ap- 
proaches, assuring that technologies that research does develop are more 
client-oriented, have greater local relevance, and are better grounded in local dy- 
namics of socioeconomic development. In view of the recommendations of Scherr 
and van der Ploeg, and in according to Objective 2, this study identified several 
opportunities for research and extension to collaborate with farmers in three areas 
which farmers themselves considered key to the continued use and further devel- 
opment of milk treatment: (1) collaboration to solve problems of propagation of 
favored tree species (i.e., 7 BEE dormancy, low — or =o sara aga avail- 
ability of seed); (2) i e to farmers to raise their g of these species 
to ensure a long-term, sustainable supply; and (3) investigations into possibilities 
for expanding the scale of mursik production and marketing (i.e., studies looking 
into the demand and supply situation, mursik quality and storage ability in rela- 
tion to the different species used to treat the milk, the potential markets for mursik 


Summer 2000 JOURNAL OF ETHNOBIOLOGY 89 


within and without Trans-Nzoia District, and consumer acceptance of milk not 
treated by someone from their own ethnic community). The collaboration between 
farmers and researchers i in solving these issues will not only increase the relevance 
of ongoing research and +} 

it will empower, legitimize and enhance the existing endogenous capacities for 
identifying problems and developing solutions (den Biggelaar 1991). 

One issue that is not resolved is the dissemination of innovations and tech- 
nologies. Farmer-to-farmer extension, even though highly touted in the literature 
as a promising and cheap(er) alternative to formal extension services, was foun 
to be all but absent in each of the four East Africa studies of the FTPP initiative 
(Aluma et al. 1996; den Biggelaar 1994, 1996a; Mureithi 1996; Njoka and Makenzie 
1996). The absence of information and technology sharing was also observed by 
Sperling and Loevinsohn (1991) 3 in Rwanda, and den Biggelaar (1996b) in Kenya. 
In addition, formal extension activities in the Kwanza and Cherangani 
Divisions were virtually non-existent, while agricultural and livestock extension 
activities left a lot to be desired. More investigations and discussions on the role, 
function and form of both formal and informal dissemination practices is neces- 
sary to determine the best ways of informing people of new technologies and 
innovations, and to share research results. 


NOTES 


! Not all trees identified for use in milk treatment would be considered trees in the Western 
world view. In Bantu philosophy, however, there is ony a iburictions i trees (all 
plants that are not grasses) and grasses (all plants th 958). As the 
definition of Kagame better reflects farmers’ conception of reality, we ‘have cat it in 


this study. 


A previous version of this paper was presented at the 21st Annual Conference of the Soci- 
ety of Ethnobiology, Reno, Nevada, April 15-18, 1998 


ACKNOWLEDGMENTS 


> er 
operation of man 


The success of this study depended on the efforts, 
people. Among them are the over sixty farmers who spared their most Valuable time to 
participate in the study and the community workshops. Thanks to them all. The study 
could not have been possible without the support and cooperation of Dr. James Kiyiapi, 
Head, Department of Forestry, Moi University. Special thanks go to the Forest Action 
Network, in particular Mr. Dominic Walubengo (its Director) for the facilitation and 
coordination of the “Farmer-initiated Research and Extension Practices” -initiative in East 
Africa. We are also very grateful for the financial support Ae oy aioe through its 


lobal Farme 


T 


Dp 


Forest, Tree and J 
initiated Research aed Extension Practices initiative. 


90 MUREITH et al. 


Vol. 20, No. 1 


LITERATURE CITED 


ABDELGADIR, W.S., T.K. AHMED and 
H.A. DIRAR. 1998. The traditional 
fermented milk products of the Sudan: 
a review. International Ee di of Food 
Microbiology 44 (1-2): 1 

ALUMA, JOHN R.W., WOHN R.S. 
KABOGOZZA and SUSAN MUBBALA. 
1996. A Case Study of TOKA Farmers 
Tree-related Innovations, Iganga 
District, Uganda. Forest, Trees and 
People Programme, Kampala, Uganda. 

ANON. 1994. Mursik - fermented milk in 
Kenya. Food Chain No. 13: 9 

ASHENAFI, M. 1994. Fate of Listeria 
monocytogenes during the souring of 
Ergo, a traditional ethiopian fermented 
milk. Journal of Dairy Science 77: 696- 
702 


BEENTIJE, H. 1994. Kenya Trees, Shrubs and 
Lianas. National Museums of Kenya, 
Nairobi, Kenya. 

DEN BIGGELAAR, CHRISTOFFEL. 1996a. 
Farmer Experimentation an 
Innovation: A Case Study of Knowledge 
Generation Processes in Agroforestry 
Systems in Rwanda. Communit 
Forestry Case Study No. 12, Nancy Hart 
(editor). Food ig Agriculture 
oe Rom 

1996b. iinianes Actors in the 
Agricultural / Agroforestry Knowledge 
System in Embu District: Developing a 
Collaborative Model for the Promotion 
of Agroforestry Technologies for 
Sustainable Development in Humid and 


103. 
ane elaeio Center for Research in 
Agrofor 
ee 1994 ‘Farmer Knowledge and 
Experimentatio n with Trees and Tree 
Cultivation in oa Systems in 
Rwanda. Dissertation 
Department of See Michigan State 
University, East Lansing. 

——_—— Farming systems 
development: synthesizing Se eeag 
and scientific knowledge system 
Agriculture and Human Values 8 (1- 2). 


25- 

DISTRICT DEVELOPMENT PLAN (DDP) 
1994-1996, Trans-Nzoia. Ministry of 
Planning and National Development. 
Nairobi, Kenya. 


FERESU, S. 1992. Fermented milk products 
in Zimbabwe. Pp. 80-85 in Applications 
of Biotechnology to Traditional 
Fermented Foods, S. Feresu. National 
Academy Press, Washington, ; 

GACHATHI, EN. 1989. Kikuyu Botanical 
Dictionary of Plant Names and Uses. 
EN. Gachathi, Nairobi. 

GALVIN, K. 1985. Food Procurement, Diet, 
Activities and Nutrition of Ngisonyoka 
Turkana Pastoralists in an Ecological 
and Social Context. Ph.D. Dissertation. 
Department of Anthropology, State 
University of New York, Binghamton. 

INTERNATIONAL CENTER FOR 
RESEARCH IN AGROFORESTRY 
(ICRAF). 1992. A Selection of Useful 
bea and Shrubs for Kenya. ICRAF, 


robi. 

Boos Y., I. SHINGU and S. SHIMIZU. 
1994. Identification and characteristics 
of lactic acid bacteria isolated from 
Masai fermented milk in Northern 
Tanzania. Bioscience, er ane and 
Biotechnology 58 (4): 660-664. 

KAGAME, ALEXIS. 1958. ‘La philosophie 
bantu-rwandaise de |’étre. Classe des 
Sciences Morales et Politiques, Nouvelle 
série In-8 (VI) 1957-58. Académie Royale 
des Sciences Coloniales, Bruxelles. 

KASSAYE, T., B.K. SIMPSON, J.P. SMITH 
and C.B. O’CONNOR. 1991. Chemical 
and microbiological characteristics of 
Ititu. Milchwissenschaft 46 (10): 649-652. 

KIMONYE, J.M. and R.K. ROBINSON. 
1991. Iria ri Matii - a traditional 
fermented milk from Kenya. Dairy 
Industries International 56 (2): 34-35. 

MISSOURI BOTANICAL GARDENS 
(MOBOT). n.d. W*Tropicos, sero poe 
Internet URL: piss 
mobot.mobot.org/> (11/9/ ar 

MIYAMOTO, K SIMON GG 
GICHURU, TORU AKIMOTO AND 
TOSHITAKA NAK 1985. 
Identification and Reon of lactic 
acid bacteria isolated from peerren 
fermented beverages in East Afric 
Japanese Journa eee 
Science 57 (3): 265-276. 


Summer 2000 


MUREITHI, WILLIAM. 1996. Milk 


Trees and People Programme Kenya, 
Nairobi. 

MUTUKUMIRA, A.N., J.A. NARVUS and 
R.K. ABRAHAMSEN. 1995. Review of 
traditionally-fermented milk in some 
sub-Saharan countries: focusing on 
Zimbabwe. Cultured Dairy products 
Journal 30 (1): 6-8, 10-11. 

MUTUKUMIRA, A.N. 1995. Properties of 
amasi, a natural fermented milk 

ae siete by 


a milk 
producer mbabwe. 
Miele nseliate 50 (4): 301.205, 

NAKAMURA, A.N. 


OZAWA, H. ARIGA, rE. KOAZE, ae 
KITYUKIA, I. ARAT and T. URASHIMA. 
1999. Sperm oe properties of 
Maziwa Lala, a Kenyan traditional 
fermented nil of Masai apres in 
Kenya. Milk Science 48 (1): 9-13. 
NJOKA, ELLIS and PAUL MAKENZIE. 
iy A Case of a pupae s 


Kik apu, " Njoro Location, Naku 
Kenya. Forest Action Network - male 
Trees and People Programme Kenya, 


obi. 
RILEY, BERNARD W. and DAVID 
BROKENSHA. 1988. The Mbeere in 
Kenya, Volume 1: Changing Rural 
Ecology. University Press of America, 


Lanham. 

RONOH, ALICEN. 1987. The role of 
women in milk production with special 

asis on practical spplications. 

Bulletin of the International Dairy 
Federation No. 221: 127-129. 

SCHERR, SARA J. 1993. Meeting household 
needs: farmer tree-growing strategies in 
western Kenya. In Trees in Farmers’ 
Strategies: Responses to Agricultural 
Intensification, J.E.M. Arnold and P. 
Dewees (editors). Oxford University 
Press, Oxford.. 


JOURNAL OF ETHNOBIOLOGY 91 


—_——_—. 1992. The role of extension in 

agroforestry development: evidenc 
ern Kenya. Aaraterastess 
Systems 18: 47-68. 

SHALO, PL. 1987. Pastoral method of 
handling and preserving milk. Bulletin 
of the International Dairy Federation 
No. 221: 110-112. 

SPERLING, LOUISE and MICHAEL E. 
LOEVINSOHN. 1991. The Dynamics of 
Improved Bean Varieties Among Small 
Farmers in Rwanda. Unpublished 
mimeogra 

d BEATRICE 

- NTABOMVURA. 1993. Rethinking the 

omer s role im sages breeding: in 


Siege i vena aiierer Aye litite 
29(4): 509-519. 

TEEL, WAYNE. 1984. A Pocket ey 
of Trees and Seeds in Kenya. KENG 
Nairobi, Kenya. 

VAN DER PLOEG, J.D. 1991. Landbouw als 


NYAMWAYA (editors). 1986. Kenya 
Socio-Cultural Profiles: Baringo District. 


African Studies, University of Nairobi, 


airobi. 
WERE, GIDEON S. and J. OLENJA 
(editors). 1986. Narok District Socio- 
Cultural Profile. Nairobi: Ministry of 


a 

and The Institute of African Studies, 
aan of Nairobi. 

eons HRIS L. WANJALA 
feos), re Kajiado District Socio- 
Cultural Profile. Ministry of Planning 
and National Development and The 
Institute of African Studies, University 

of Nairobi, Nairobi 
WWWeebster Dictionary. 2000. Internet URL: 
<http://www.m-w.com/netdict.htm> 
(11/5/99) 


© ee 


Journal of Ethnobiology 20(1): 93-109 Summer 2000 


FAUNISTIC RESOURCES USED AS MEDICINES BY 
ARTISANAL FISHERMEN FROM SIRIBINHA BEACH, STATE 
OF BAHIA, BRAZIL’ 


ERALDO M. COSTA-NETO AND JOSE GERALDO W. MARQUES 
epartamento de Ciéncias Bioldgicas 
Universidade Estadual de Feira de Santana, 
Km 3, BR 116, Campus Universitario, CEP 44031-460, 
Feira de Santana, Bahia, Brasil 


ABSTRACT.- Artisanal fishermen from Siribinha Beach in the State of Bahia, 
Northeastern Brazil, have been using several marine/estuarine animal resources 


fishes over other aquatic animals. Asthma, bronchitis, stroke, and wounds are the 
most usual illnesses treated by animal-based medicines. These results corroborate 
Marques’ zootherapeutic universality hypothesis. According to him, all human 
cultures that present a developed medical system do use animals as medicines. 
Further studies are requested in order to estimate the existence of bioactive 
compounds of pharmacological value in these bioresources. 


Key words: Fishermen, marine resources, medicine, Bahia, Brazil 


RESUMO.-Pescadores artesanais da Praia de Siribinha, estado da Bahia, Nordeste 
do Brasil, utilizam varios recursos bispsnpmn Seguane ae estuarinos como remédios 
populares . Registra , peixes, 
répteis e cetéceos. Observou-se 1 uma alta one ar de peixes sobre outros 
animais aquaticos. Asma, saree einen: e és sao as nteegeee mais 
usualmente tratadas 

a hipdtese da éutica de Marques. De acordo com ele, toda 
cultura humana que apresenta um sistema médico desenvolvido utiliza-se de 
animais como remédios. Estudos posteriores sao necessarios a fim de avaliar a 
existéncia de compostos bioativos de valor farmacolégico nesses biorrecursos. 


RESUME.- Les pécheurs seek de la plage de Siribinha dans l'état de Bahia, 
au nord-est du Brésil, utilisen ressources estuarines 
en tant que médecine nese Nous avons enregistré l’emploi de mollusques, 
de crustacés, d’échinodermes, de poissons, de reptiles et de cétacés. Nous avons 
noté une prédominance élevée de poissons par rapport aux autres animaux 
aquatiques. L’asthme, la bronchite, les attaques, et les blessures sont les maux les 
plus habituellement traités par les remédes 4 composante animale. Ces résultats 
corroborent I’hypothése d’universalité zoothérapeutique de Marques. Selon lui, 


l’existence de composés bioactifs 4 valeur pharmacologique dans ces resources 
biologiques. 


94 COSTA-NETO & MARQUES Vol. 20, No. 1 


INTRODUCTION 


“Naturally, fish fauna provides remedies, amulets, spurs, eyes, parts of the 
mandible, fins, fats, muscles, which take part in the current sea-shore folk 
medicine (...)”. 


(Cascudo, 1972: 704) 


Zootherapy is the healing of human diseases by using therapeutics that are 
obtained from animals, or ultimately are derived from them. As Marques (1994) 
states, “all human cultures that present a structured medical system utilize ani- 
mals as medicines.” Such a statement forms the basis of his ‘zootherapeutic 
universality hypothesis.’ Indeed, animals are therapeutic arsenals that have been 
playing significant roles in the healing processes, magic rituals, and religious prac- 
tices of peoples from the five continents. 

The medicinal interaction between humans and animals has been shown both 
in indigenous and Western societies all over the world (Gudger 1925; Conconi and 
Pino 1988; Antonio 1994; Marques 1995; van Huis 1996; Costa-Neto 1996, 1999a, 
1999b). As some authors have pointed out, animal-based medicines have been 
utilized since antiquity (Weiss 1947; Angeletti et al. 1992; Rosner 1992), where popu- 
lar remedies were elaborated from parts of the animal body, from products of its 
metabolism (corporal secretions and excrements), or from non-animal materials 
(nests and cocoons). An early record for animal-based medicine can be found in 
Tobias’ Book (Catholic Bible), in which Raphael the Angel would have prescribed 
the use of a fish’s liver content for the treatment of ophthalmic problems (Marques 
1995). 

The phenomenon of zootherapy has recently aroused the interest of many re- 
searchers from different branches of science, who have recorded this unusual 
cultural practice and sought for compounds with pharmacological action (Werner 
1970; But et al. 1991; Bisset 1991; Faulkner 1992; Lazarus and Atilla 1993). This 
interest increases when it is considered that the annual global trade in animal- 
based medicinal products accounts for billions of dollars per year (Kunin and 
Lawton 1996). These authors have recorded that the investigation of folk medi- 
cines has proven a valuable tool in the developing art of bioprospecting for 
pharmaceutical compounds. Today from 252 essential chemicals that have been 
selected by the World Health Organization, 11.1% have plant origins, while 8.7% 
come from animals (Marques 1997). 

In Brazil, an amazing number of about 300 animal species have been medici- 
nally used. These resources can be easily found as commercial items sold by 
herbalists and curers in market places all over the country (Marques, personal 
communication 1996). In relation to marine / estuarine animals used as medicines, 
Marques (1995) has already recorded a total of 66 fish species in the folk medicines 
of fishing communities from 13 Brazilian states. According to him, the medicinal 
use of fish seems to be a very usual pattern in fishermen communities. Begossi 
(1992) has found that fish resources valued as medicines are usually considered 
taboos as food, perhaps so that they may be available as folk medicines (drugstore 
hypothesis). 


Summer 2000 JOURNAL OF ETHNOBIOLOGY 95 


Unfortunately, many of the zootherapeutic resources include threatened spe- 
cies (IBAMA 1989). In fact, the diminishing number of fauna species, especially 
from neotropical areas, through hunting, depauperation of their ecosystems, and 
their varied uses has been enormous that most of them are becoming extinct even 
before they have been studied by science (Huxtable 1992). Hence, studies aimed 
towards traditional knowledge on animal use and its significance to men should 
be undertaken in order to lead to better ways of exploiting the natural resources, 
thus, their conservation, so that future generations may know and manage them. 

This paper provides an overview of the phenomenon by illustrating 39 
zootherapeutic species that are prescribed by artisanal fishermen from Siribinha 
Beach, which is in the city of Conde, in the state of Bahia, Northeastern Brazil. 
Subsequent research needs to be done not only to confirm the presence of sub- 
stances of medicinal value in these traditional remedies, but also to lead to a more 
ecologically sound exploration. 


METHODOLOGY 


Conde is a coastal city which is in the north region of the state of Bahia, north- 
eastern Brazil (Figure 1). This region presents a humid/sub-humid climate, a mean 
temperature of 24.5°C, a mean annual rainfall of 1412 mm, and vegetation that is 
characteristic of tropical coastal areas (CEI 1994). Siribinha fishing community was 
chosen as the study area due to its localization, relative isolation, biological and 
ecosystem diversity, the lack of bibliographical knowledge about it, as well as the 
degree of both social and environmental impact to which it is submitted. 

Fieldwork was performed from March 1996 to March 1998. Cultural data on 
zootherapy were obtained through tape-recorded, open-ended interviews carried 
out with 54 informants, both male and female. The informants were questioned 
about zootherapeutic species, the raw materials used, modes of elaboration and 
administration of the folk remedies, as well as the diseases for which the folk rem- 
edies are prescribed. Native words were used in order to generate a confidence 
relationship between interviewer and interviewees. The interviewees were asked 
whether recording the conversations and taking photographs were permitted. 

The medicinal use-value of each animal were estimated according to the fol- 
lowing equation: 

UV =(2RM x C)/N, 

UV represents the medicinal use value, RM refers to the total number of raw 
materials extracted from individual animals, C refers to the number of times which 
a particular animal has been cited, and N refers to the total number of informants 
questioned about zootherapy. Phillips and Gentry (1991, cited in Cotton 1993) de- 
veloped this quantitative method in order to calculate the relative usefulness of 
different plant species within a given community. 

Medicinal raw materials were collected and then catalogued and deposited at 
Feira de Santana State University (UEFS) with other ethnobiology collections. Some 
specimens that were sent to specialists for taxonomic identification were also in 
the collection. Crustaceans were identified by Dr. Tereza Calado (Alagoas Federal 
University), echinoderms by Dr. Winston Leahy (Alagoas Federal University), fish 


96 COSTA-NETO & MARQUES Vol. 20, No. 1 


specimens by Dr. Paulo Duarte (Laboratory of Ichthyology at UEFS), and the re- 
maining animals were species known in this part of the country and were identified 
by the author using zoological references. 


Borra 
‘doltapicuru 
= = f Seribinha 
RSPLANADA/ i ‘ oA namife 

~ 


1°46" 


= 

c 
a C~lRie on ° 
= 


ACU OA TORRE \ 


FIGURE 1. —- Map showing location of the community of Siribinha where study was 
undertaken 


Summer 2000 JOURNAL OF ETHNOBIOLOGY 97 


RESULTS AND DISCUSSION 


The medicinal use of marine/estuarine animals by the artisanal fishermen of 
Siribinha is one of the most consistent interactions that these fishermen perform 
with the local faunistic resources. Twenty-four fish species were recorded as hav- 
ing some therapeutic use when the fishermen were questioned about their folk 
medicine. Although interviews focused on fish-based medicines, fifteen other ani- 
mals with medicinal properties were also cited. This makes up a total of 39 
resources, which are distributed in six scientific t ic categ , such as fish 
(62%), crustaceans (13%), reptiles (10%), echinoderms (8%), mollusks (5%), and 
mammals (2%). Zootherapeutic species, the raw materials utilized, and diseases 
for which they are prescribed for are found in the Appendix. 

A total of 66 raw materials including scales, spur, shell, fat, skin, globe of the 
eye, tentacles, otolith are used in the elaboration of remedies to treat locally diag- 
nosed ailments. All of these resources, except the whale products, are relatively 
easy to obtain through hunting, fishing, or manual gathering. As can be seen in 
the Appendix, folk remedies are administered to the patients in the form of plas- 
ters, teas, smokes, and food. Teas, for example, are made by grinding the toasted 
or scraped parts of the body of the animals into powder or utilizing the whole 
toasted animal. Such is the case with echinoderms (starfish, sand dollar, and sea 
urchin) and syngnathids (seahorse). Fats, which are derived from 17 different ani- 
mals, are the most usual medicinal resources and Jed to treat a variety 
of diseases. As one fisherman observed, “the fat of a sea turtle sustains and heals 
any disease.” The great majority of the animals utilized in local medicine provide 
only one raw material, which is prescribed for the treatment of specific diseases. 
This is the case with squid, whose toasted internal shell is recommended for 
asthma.We found that queen triggerfish (Balistes vetula), sea turtles (Chelonia mydas, 
Eretmochelys imbricata, Caretta caretta, and Lepidochelys olivacea), and toadfish 
(Thalassophryne nattereri) were the most significant zootherapeuticals, with me- 
dicinal use-values (UV) of 0.92, 0.81, and 0.72, respectively. Although some 
zooth ti ies generated indices lower than 0.50, these were both medici- 
nally and culturally significant resources since a relatively high number of 
interviewees cited them. Such is the case with long-snout seahorse (Hippocampus 
reidi), with a UV value of 0.44, octopus (Octopus cf. variegatus), with UV value of 
0.14, squid (Loligo sp.), with a UV value of 0.04, Atlantic tarpon (Tarpon atlanticus), 
witha UV value of 0.25, remora (Echeneis naucrates), with a UV value of 0.29, sharks, 
with a UV value of 0.29, and catfish (Bagre bagre, Sciadeichthys luniscutis, and Netuma 
barba), with a UV value of 0.12. The low rank of these species results from the fact 
that they do not represent multiple-use medicinal species. 

Fishermen also use live fish, such as swamp eel (Synbranchus marmoratus) and 
cascarudo (Callichthys cf. callichthys). The former, with a UV value of 0.04, is pre- 
scribed for bronchitis and to make an infant child walk sooner. The latter, which 
presented a medicinal use-value of 0.02, is recommended for asthma and umbili- 
cal hernia. By spitting into their mouth and leaving them alive in the river, it is 
believed that these fish take bronchitis and asthma away; a child is thought to 
walk sooner by rubbing the fish over its legs; and cascarudos are recommended as 
food for the treatment of umbilical hernia. The procedure of applying live fish to 


98 COSTA-NETO & MARQUES Vol. 20, No. 1 


someone’s body or spitting into a fish’s mouth and then freeing it is a common 
practice both in Brazilian and other folk medicines (Branch and Silva 1983; Begossi 
and Braga 1992; Marques 1995). The placement of live fish under the soles of pa- 
tients suffering from jaundice or similar ailment was already cited by Shimshon 
Morpurgo in his book Responsa published in Venice in 1743 (Rosner 1992: 190). 

Fishermen have a singular way to treat themselves from the injuries caused 
by poisonous fish, especially the toadfish (Thalassophryne nattereri). This fish has 
hollow opercular spines on its dorsal fin that are associated with bulky poison 
glands. Due to its bentonic habit, since it lives buried under the mud or sand in 
shallow waters, fishermen sometimes tread on it; the fish defends itself against 
the careless passer-by by injecting its poison in the person’s sole. In order to avoid 
pain and other more serious complications, fishermen take the fish’s globe of the 
eye (“goga do olho”) immediately after contact and rub it on the injured area. 
Guilherme Piso, a Dutch doctor who came to Brazil in the company of Prince 
Mauricio de Nassau in 1695, stated that “This fish is considered as having the 
remedy to its own poison in itself” (Piso 1957: 51). This kind of preventive medi- 
cine is performed with catfish (Bagre bagre, Sciadeichthys luniscutis, and Netuma 
barba) and the queen triggerfish (Balistes vetula). Another way of avoiding the pain 
caused by the toadfish sting is to eat the toadfish it without salt. In doing this, 
fishermen say they are immunized against its poison. According to the users’ tes- 
timony, it can be hypothesized that analgesic substances are indeed present in the 
bodies of these fish species. Further studies are requested in order to test this. 
According to Norse (1993), the chemical identities of the toxins of poisonous fish 
are still being determined. 

We noted some similarities between the zootherapeutic healing practices cur- 
rently found in Siribinha Beach and in other fishing communities. For example, 
Begossi and Braga (1992) have recorded the medicinal use of ray by the fishermen 
from Tocantins River. Its sting is used for the treatment of asthma, cough, cold, 
and pneumonia. In the state of Alagoas, fishermen use the sting to treat them- 
selves for pneumonia (Marques 1995). In the Amazon folk medicine, the oil 
extracted from the liver of the ray Potomotrygon hystrix is used for the treatment of 
hernia and asthma (Branch and Silva 1983). In Siribinha, stingrays (Myliobates sp.; 
UV = 0.02) are also used in the folk veterinary medicine by employing the powder 
of a toasted sting to heal domestic animals’ wounds 

A prescription involving toasted seahorses (Hippocampus spp.) is also both 
geographically and historically well disseminated. According to Botsaris (1995), 
the African slaves introduced the practice of using syngnathids as medicine in 
Brazil. As a result, these fish have been recommended in Afro-Brazilian traditional 
medicine as a tonic to treat physical debility, impotence, and asthma as well as 
rheumatism, bronchitis, and gastritis pe vl dbnale 1934; Marques 1995). The me- 
dicinal use of seal Brazil has bee fi d in at least eight states, Alagoas, 
Espirito Santo, Sao Paulo, Parana, Bahia, Santa Catarina, Piaui, and Rio de Janeiro 
(Marques 1995). In Siribinha Beach, toasted seahorses have been used in cases of 
asthma. Clinical and pharmacological research carried out on mice, with alcoholic 
extracts of Hippocampus, led to a weight increase of the uterus and ovaries and a 
prolongation of the estrogen period in females, while in males it caused an in- 


Summer 2000 JOURNAL OF ETHNOBIOLOGY 99 


crease in the weight of the prostate and testicles, and a prolongation of the time of 
erection (Botsaris 1995). 

Other fish species are used medicinally, including the cod (Gadus cf. marhua; 
UV = 0.04), whose skin is put on furuncles, the curimata (Prochilodus sp.; UV = 
0.02), whose fat is used as a plaster to treat boils, the electric ray (Narcine brasiliensis; 
UV = 0.05), whose fat is used for treatment of toothache, the grunt (Haemulon sp.; 
UV = 0.02), whose liver’s fat is put on swollen areas, the sheepshead porgy (Cala- 
mus pena?; UV = 0,02), whose toasted fin is used for curing asthma, the snook 
(Centropomus undecimalis; UV = 0.02), whose toasted fat is rubbed over swollen 
legs, the two-spot astyanax (Astyanax cf. bimaculatus; UV = 0.02), which is recom- 
mended for alcoholism, and the trahira (Hoplias malabaricus; UV = 0,10), whose fat 
is recommended for the treatment of asthma, bleeding, boils, wounds, snakebites, 
and conjunctivitis. Only one informant cited the medicinal use of the croak 
(Micropogonias furnieri; UV = 0.02), although was unable to identify the disease for 
which this fish is prescribed. 

Siribinha fishermen use five folk species of crabs. These include the mangrove 
crab (Ucides cordatus; UV = 0.02), whose fat is recommended for treating women’s 
hemorrhage, the giant land crab (Cardisoma guanhumi; UV = 0.02), whose fat is 
used as a plaster for the cicatrization of wounds, the ghost crab (Ocypode quadrata; 
UV = 0.04), whose toasted whole body is used for asthma, the jellyfish crab (an 
uncollected specimen; UV = 0.04), which is also used for asthma, and the hermit 
crab (a pagurid; UV = 0.02), whose toasted whole body is recommended to treat 
women’s hemorrhage. Interestingly, the powder of crab shells in infusions has 
been reported in the state of Alagoas, northeastern Brazil, as an anti-asthmatic 
(Lages-Filho 1934). Indeed, pharmacological studies have shown the presence of 
anti-inflammatory, antibiotic, and anti-tumor substances in the bodies of crabs 
(Croft 1986). 


The value of animal-based medicines. Although zootherapy is considered by some to 
be a weird, even absurd practice, its pertinence should be emphasized. As many 
researches point out, the significance of traditional medicines cannot be denied 
since they have become sources of drugs within modern medical science (Launet 
1993; Lazarus and Attila 1993; Ferreira 1993; Marques 1997). Worldwide, a num- 
ber of pharmaceutical companies have been supporting research on marine 
animal-derived compounds to be used directly as medicines and as new chemical 
structures that could be turned into remedies (Norse 1993; Fusetani 1996). 
Regarding fish, several compounds have been extracted and are employed as 
remedies in standardized medicines (Hamada and Nagai 1995; Salte et al. 1996). 
Finkl (1984), for example, refers to Eptatretus stoutii, Dasyatis sabina, and Taricha sp. 
as sources of cardiac stimulants, antitumors, and analgesic, respectively. Oily fish, 
like cod, herring, salmon, and turbot, have a great medicinal value to human be- 
ings due to a polyunsaturated compound known as OMEGA-3. This substance 
helps with the prevention of arthritis (Adeodato 1997). The presence of an antico- 
agulant system in the plasma of Atlantic salmon (Salmo salar L.) and rainbow trout 
(Oncorhynchus mykiss Walbaun) has been confirmed, which supports similarities 
with the protein C anticoagulant system in mammals (Salte et al. 1996). Tetrodot- 
oxin (TTX), a water-soluble guanidinium derivative, is an example of a bioactive 


100 COSTA-NETO & MARQUES Vol. 20, No. 1 


compound produced by marine organisms such as puffer fish “that resembles 
procaine in its ability to inhibit transmission of nerve cells” (Colwell 1997). When 
diluted it acts as an extraordinary narcotic and analgesic (Bisset 1991). Maybe due 
to this property, Siribinha fishermen use the liver’s content (“fel”) of the puffer 
fish (Colomesus sp.; UV = 0.11) for the treatment of toothache, although it has a 
lethal venom. 

In relation to crustaceans, chemists from the Federal University of Ceara, in 
Brazil, have developed three products that are extracted from discarded crusta- 
cean shells (lobsters, shrimps, and crabs). The biopolymers chitin, chitosan, and 
glucosamin are used to combat cholesterol and obesity, and regenerate cartilage 
and burnt tissues (Nogueira 1999). 

Echinoderms are another group of marine organisms that yield a rich source 
of potential chemicals. Pharmacological studies have shown important active com- 
pounds in species, such as Actinopyga agassizi (anti-tumor), Acanthaster planci 
(antiviral), and Asterias forbesi (anti-inflammatory) (Finkl 1984). According to Alino 
et al. (1990), there ae studies pane: that the use of sea urchins as vermifuge 
might have a scienti Echinoids have been also used to make artificial blood 
veins (Russel 1978, cited in Mallmann 1996). In the folk medicine of Siribinha’s 
fishermen, teas made with the powder of the toasted sand dollar (Mellita sp.), 
starfish (Luidia senegalensis), and sea urchin (Echinometra lucunter) are commonly 
recommended for the treatment of asthma. These resources are very commonly 
used, although their UV was only 0.16. 

n 1995, scientists from the Servier Research Institute in Paris discovered the 
way sea turtles reduce their cerebral activity while submerged in order to save 
oxygen (Anonymous 1995). This physiological process was referred to as the ‘turtle 
effect’. This study on the cerebral activity of sea turtles may lead to the develop- 
ment of drugs against apoplexy. 


Threatened species as zootherapeuticals.— Of the 39 animals considered as sources of 
medicine to the Siribinha fishermen, only four are officially listed as threatened 
species by the Brazilian Institute of the Environment and Renewable Natural Re- 
sources (IBAMA, 1989). These are represented by the sea turtles, which are also 
cited by the Convention on International Trade of Endangered Species (http:/ / 
www.cites.org). Five of the world’s eight known species use the Brazilian coast- 
line as hatcheries or feeding ground (http://www.wwf.org.br/wwfeng/ 
wwfpr35.htm). In the Bahian territory, four species used to be widely caught and 
killed for both food and income by the coastal peoples, indigenous and artisanal 
fisherman communities, who have inhabited its coastline. Sea turtles were cap- 
tured specially during the reproductive season when females come up onto the 
beach to lay their eggs. According to the interviewees, several turtles were hung 
alive for a couple of days before being killed. The eggs themselves were also taken, 
Hees their shells were used to make glasses, combs, rings, necklaces, and brace- 
ets. 

Indeed, coastal peoples all over the world fish sea turtles for subsistence and 
commerce. For example, the Miskito Indians from the eastern coast of Nicaragua 
are very dependent on green turtles (Chelonia mydas). They catch sea turtles for 
their meat, leather, shell, oil, and calipee, a gelatinous substance that is the base 


Summer 2000 JOURNAL OF ETHNOBIOLOGY 101 


for turtle soup (Nietschmann 1974). Among the coastal people of northern 
Mindanao and the Visayan islands of Bohol, Cebu, and Negritos in central Philip- 
pines, the flesh of green turtle and hawksbill turtle (Eretmochelys sp.) is cooked 
with vinegar, soy sauce, garlic, laurel leaves, pepper corn, and salt, and then eaten 
for the treatment of asthma (Alifo et al. 1990). 

This extractive pressure has increased in such a way that all eight species of 
sea turtles are now on the endangered species list. Population growth and ad- 
vanced harvesting technologi de possible the enlarg t of the fishing power 
as well as overexploitation of natural resources. Nietschmann (1974) stated that 
the industrial fishing nets that were introduced in the Miskito’s culture helped to 
kill a greater number of turtles than when these Indians solely used harpoons. 
Siribinha fishermen have generated their own theory to explain the diminishment 
of sea turtles and sharks— the shrimp trawl] fishery. This fishery is primarily done 
by outside, motorboat fishermen, who go to their fishing grounds to trawl shrimp. 
Vincent and Hall (1996) have already reported the negative impacts of trawling on 
marine organisms. In addition to this direct human persecution, sea turtles are 
also the victims of environmental changes and pollution. 

Due to the drastic decline of wild populations, conservation measures have 
been taken and legislative laws now prohibit sea turtle fishing. In Brazil, the 
TAMAR (Tartarugas Marinhas) project was set up in 1980 to protect sea turtle feed- 
ing grounds and hatcheries along the Brazilian coast (about 1,000 kilometers of 
beaches). This is a worthwhile project since only a few tens of hawksbill turtles 
breed in the northeast of Brazil, specifically on the Bahian coast. At present, TAMAR 
has 22 bases in eight Brazilian states, at strategic nesting and feeding points along 
the coast. 

This relatively recent intervention, however, has raised an exogenous taboo, 
institutionalized by rules that have been imposed on local communities by both 
government and conservation agents. These rules have resulted in the disconnec- 
tion of a strong human/animal interaction that has a long history. Although 
fishermen fear being caught by IBAMA agents and taken to jail, they undertake 
transgressions and break the rules. Some turtles are indeed captured and eaten, or 
have their eggs harvested. We had the chance to document the cultural scene in 
which three young fishermen butchered an adult green turtle (C. mydas), and ex- 
tracted its flesh and oil as food and remedy respectively. According to their 
explanation, the turtle appeared floating in the estuary and apparently died a few 
hours previously due to the bite of a shark on its right flipper ( aba ). However, 
this incident occurred in a very concealed way because collecting wild animal 
species is not considered a bailable crime in Brazil. 

We would also like to call attention to the importance of seahorses. Although 
they are not included on the Brazilian list of endangered species, they were listed 
by IUCN in 1996. The alleged cause of this endangerment has been the great de- 
mand of seahorse specimens for Chinese traditional medicine, aquariums, and 
curios (Vincent and Hall 1996). Due to their worldwide use, seahorses are becom- 
ing rare in some regions of the globe. For example, in Indonesia the population of 
some species has dropped to half since 1990, with pregnant males being the most 


common prey. 


102 COSTA-NETO & MARQUES Vol. 20, No. 1 


The number of seahorses is indeed diminishing in Siribinha, as can be seen in 
the following informant’s assertion: 


We took them to the market to be sold. People bought them for remedies. 
We fished a lot of them. My husband used to catch several of them, which 
were sun-dried and tied together in a string. He sold them at the market. 
But you do not see my son? Even they have disappeared that we do not 
find them anymore. (Mrs. Zulmira, 90 years old) 


We would ca that a biostatistical atiy on the wild populations of 
seahorses and their fo arried out in order to develop 
reliable conservation measures that are both scientifically and culturally oriented. 


Zootherapy and its sustainability — Instead of sending the practitioners of zootherapy 
to prisons, or creating policies which force them to abandon such practices, deci- 
sion-makers should view this human/nature interaction within its cultural 
dimensions. The value of animal-based medicines are very significant; they are 
usually the main available resources for the majority of the human population 
with limited access to official medicines and medical care. Since people have been 
using animals for a long time, suppression of their use will not save them from 
extinction. Considering the sea turtles, Carr (1996: 127) stated that “people have 
been eating turtles pretty steadily for as long as they have had the wits to get them 
out of their shells”. In addition, millions of hatchlings are caught annually for the 
pet market. 

A growing body of literature shows that the cultural aspects of a given hu- 
man/nature interrelation should be taken into account in all debates related to 
sustainable development (Morin-Labatut and Akhtar 1992; Sachs 1993; Agrawal 
1995; Zwahlen 1996). This cultural perspective includes the way people perceive, 
use, allocate, transfer, and manage their natural resources (Johannes 1993). As 
Alcorn (1995: 20) states, “Conservation is a social and political process.” In this 
way, discussing the relationship between food provided by the environment, their 
trophic use, the physiological consequences that result from their being eating, as 
well as the social-economical structures that support them within the multidimen- 
sionality of the sustainable development is one of the key elements to achieve 
sustainability (Bahuchet 1997). 

Researchers should recognize that the sustainable use of natural resources due 
to their medicinal value is one of the ways by which biodiversity is used (Celso 
1992). According to Kangas (1997), sustainable development is tied indirectly to 
biodiversity through the need to maintain overall esdbasamuaaeas highndte rl 
ever, the demand for natural products from m 
problem if collectors overexploit the typically sessile « organisms 8 1993). Yet, 
we have to realize that the negative impacts on biological diversity should not be 
restricted only to the traditional users, but should be extended to the use by phar- 
maceutical industries (Marques 1997) 


Summer 2000 JOURNAL OF ETHNOBIOLOGY 103 


ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS 


We would like to thank Prof. T. Calado, W. Leahy, and P. Duarte for the specimens 
taxonomic identification, the anonymous referees for their helpful comments and 
suggestions on the manuscript, and to all informants for allowing reproducing their 
knowledge and their kind collaboration. Without them this work would not have been 
possible. 


NOTES 
‘This paper is part of a larger ethnoichthyological study carried out by Eraldo Medeiros 
Costa Neto as his master dissertation at Alagoas Federal University, and which was guided 


by Professor Jos Geraldo Wanderley Marques. 


LITERATURE CITED 


ADEODATO, SERGIO. 1997. Os santos 
remédios do mar. Globo Ciéncia (Apr): 


AGRAWAL, ARUN. 1995. Indigenous and 
scientific knowledge: some critical 
comments. Indigenous Knowledge and 


servation Biology, D 
Ehrenfeld (editor). Blackwell Science, 


Oxford. 

ALINO, PORFIRIO M., GLORIA J.B. 
CAJIPE, EDNA T. GANZON-FORTES, 
WILFREDO Y. LICUANAN, NEMESIO 
E. MONTANO and LUIS M. TUPAS. 
1990. The use of marine organisms in 
folk medicine and horticulture: a 
preliminary — stud Seaweed 
Information Center Newsletter. 

ANGELETTI, LUCIANA R., UMBERTO 

£3 


MARIANI-COSTANTINI. 
Healing rituals and sacred serpents. The 
Lancet 340:223-225. 

ANONYMOUS. 1995. “Efeito tartuga” 
pode combater derrames. Folha de Sao 
Paulo, 05 Apr. 1995. 

ANTONIO, TANGO M.F. 1994. Insects as 
remedies for illnesses in Zaire. The Food 
Insects Newsletter 7(3):4-5. 

BAHUCHET, SERGE. 1997. Ethnoécologie. 
Http://lucy.uck.ac.uk/Sonja/RF/ 
Divdocs/Ethnoecologie_S._Bahuchet. 
html. 


BEGOSSI, ALPINA. 1992. Food taboos at 
Buzios Island (Brazil): their significance 
and relation to folk medicine. Journal of 


Ethnobiology 12(1):117-139. 


ver. 

BISSET, NORMAN G. 1991. One man 
o another man’s medicine. ral 
of Ethnopharmacology 32:71-81. 

BOTSARIS: ALEXANDROS S. 1995. 
Fitoterapia Chinesa e Plantas 
Brasileiras. Editora Icone, Sao Paulo. 

BRANCH, LYN C. and MARLENE F. 
SILVA. 1983. Folk medicine in Alter do 
Chao, Para, Brazil. Acta Amazonica 
13:737-797. 

BUT, PAULP.-H., YAN-KIT TAM, and LAI- 
CHIN LUNG. 1991. 
Ethnopharmacology of rhinoceros horn 
II: Antipyretic effects of prescriptions 
containing rhinoceros horn and water 
srcina urnal f 

Ethnopharmacology 33: 45-50. 

CARR, ARCHIE. 1996. Handbook of 
Turtles. The turtles of the United States, 
Canada, and Baja California. Cornell 

ork. 


University Press, pape! 
SC 972. Dicionario do 


Folclore Steen recone Rio de 


Jane 


104 COSTA-NETO & MARQUES 


nee R. 1992. Criagdo de condigédes e 
neentivos para a conservagao loc local de 
biiderend ad. Pp. 92-93 in heap 
obal da Biodiversidad. Diretri 
Agaéo par Estudar, Salvar e Cae de 
Maneira Sustentavel e Justa a Rae rey 
Biética da Terra, J.C. Speth, M.W. 
Holdgate and M.K. Tolba (editors). 
WRI/UICN/PNUMA, Rio de Janeiro. 
CENTRO DE ESTATISTICA E 
INFORMAGOES (CEI) (BAHIA). 1994. 
pee basicas — ips eossoe te 
ianos: regido litoral no 
Estado da Bahia, Saar 
COLWELL, RITA R. 1997. Microbial 
biodiversity and biotechnology. Pp. 77- 
98 in Biodiversity Il: Understanding and 
Protecting our Biological Resources, 
Marjorie L. Reaka-Kudla, Don E. Wilson 
and Edward O. Wilson (editors). Joseph 
enry Press, Washington D.C. 
pag boa bale ant E. and JOSE M. M. 
PINO. 1988. The utilization of insects in 
the eine medicine of ancient 
Mexicans. Journal of Ethnobiology 


1): : 

COSTA-NETO, ep M. 1996. 
Faunistic resou $ medicines 
by an Ato Diwsiinn sepeinarern from 
Chapada Diamantina National Park, 
State of Bahia, Brazil. Sitientibus 15:211- 
219. 

1999a. Recursos animais 

utilizados na medicina tradicional dos 

a Pankararé que habitam no 

ordeste do estado da Bahia, Brasil. 
Actualidades Bioldgicas 21(70):69-79 

. Healing with animals in 

Feira de Santana city, Bahia, Brazil. 
Journal of Ethnopharmacology 65:225- 


COTTON, CATHERINE M. 1996. 
Ethnobotany: Principle and 
Applications. John Wiley and Sons, 

York. 


ew 
CROFT, J.E. 1986. Relief from Arthritis: The 
Natural Way. A Safe and Effective 
Treatment from the ee Thorsons 


li tain. 
FAULKNER, SAV) 19 1992. “Buxnailicn 
uses for natural marine products. 
35 


Oceanus 35(1):29-35, 
FERREIRA, SERGIO H. 1993. A descoberta 


Vol. 20, No. 1 


FINKL, CHARLES W. 1984. Os 
medicamentos do mar. Pp. 74-75 in 
Enciclopédia dos Mares, vol. 1, 
or. anes (editor). Salvat, 


Rio de Jan 

FUSETANI, NOBUHIRO. sa ae 
substances from marine spon 
oie . ‘Toxicology-Toxi mere 
15(2):15 

GU DGER, ‘EUGENE Ww. 1925. Stitching 


beetles. Journal of the American Medical 
Association 84: 1862-1864 
HAMADA, MINORU and TADASHI 
NAGAI. 1995. Inorganic components of 
bones of fish and their advanced 
utilization. Journal of Shimonoseki 
University of Fisheries 43(4):185-194. 
HUXTABLE, RYAN J. 1992. The 
pharmacology of extinction. Journal of 
Ethnopharmacology 37:1-11. 
IBAMA. 1989. Official List of Fauna 
reatened with Extinction in Brazil. 
Instituto Brasileiro do Meio Ambi e 
dos Recursos Naturais Renovaveis, 
Brasilia. 
JOHANNES, ROBERT E. 1993. Integrating 
traditional ecological knowledge and 
a with environmental 
act assessment. Pp.33-39 in 
Traditional re Knowledge: 
d Cases, J.T. Inglis (editor). 


IDRC, Ottawa 
KANGAS, PATRICK. 


ies Tropical 
sustainable and 


Kudla, Don E. Wilson and Edward O. 
Wilson (editors). Joseph Henry Press, 
Washington D.C. 

KUNIN, WILLIAM E. and JOHN H. 
LAWTON. 1996. Does biodiversity 
matter? Evaluating the case for 
conserving species. As 283-308 in 
Biodiversity: A Bi Numbers and 
Differences, K. J. Gaston (editor). 


Blackwell Science, : 
LAGES-FILHO, JOSE. 1934. A Medicina 

Popular em Alagoas. Separata dos 

a do Instituto Nina Rodrigues, 


Sa 

LAUNET, EDOUARD. 1993. Dans les 
férets, a la des médicaments 
pg maha Science et Vie 904:86-91. 


Summer 2000 


LAZARUS, LAWRENCE H. and MARTTI 
ATTILA. 1993. The toad, ugly and 
venomous, wears yet a precious jewel 
re his skin. Progress in Neurobiology 


:473-507. 

MALLMANN, MARIA L.W. 1996. A 
Farmacopéia do Mar: — 
Marinhos de Interesse Médic 
Etnomedicina Alagoana. Monografia 
(Especializagdéo em Zoologia), 
“9h aaaaal Federal de Alagoas, 


MARQUES, JOSE G. W. 1994. A fauna 
medicinal dos indios Kuna de San Blas 


zooterapica. P. 618 in Anais. Sociedade 
Brasileira ey 0 Progresso da Ciéncia. 
46" Reuniao Anual Vitéria 

; 1997, —— medicinal: recurso 
do ambien ou ameacga 4a 
biodiversidade? Mutim 1(1):4. 
RIN-LABATUT, GISELE and AKHTAR, 
SHAHID. 1992. — Traditional 


manage and share. se 4:24-30. 
NIETSCHMANN, BERNARD. 1974. When 


NOGUEIRA, DANIELLE. 1999. As 
qualidades — dos crustaceos. 
Ciéncia Hoje 

NORSE, ELLIOT A. “editor. 1993. Global 


Making. Island Press, Washington D.C. 

PHILLPS, O. and A.H. GENTRY. 1993. The 
useful plants of Tambopata, Peru: I. 
Statistical hypothesis tests with a new 
quantitative technique. Economic 
Botany 47(1):15-32. 


JOURNAL OF ETHNOBIOLOGY 105 


PISO, GUILHERME. 1957, Histéria Natural 
do Brasil lustrada. Companhia Editora 
Nacional, ~ de Janeiro. 

ROSNER, FRED. 1992. Pigeons as a remed 
(segulah) for jaundice. New or State 

Journal of Medicine 92(5):189-19. 

RUSSEL, F.S. 1978, Marine eee and 
human ped Ady. Mar. Biol. 15:233- 

48. 


2 

SACHS, IGNACY. 1993. Estratégias de 
eee 9 ey Sa o a lo XXI. Nobel / 
FUN 


SALTE, rs K. NORBERG. and O, R. 
ODEGAARD. 1996. Evidence of a 
protein c-like anticoagulant system in 
bony fishes. Thrombosis Research 


83(5):389-397, 
VAN HUIS, ARNOLD. 1996. The —- 


Proceedings of eterna pr 
Applied Entomology, .E.V 
Amsterdam 7:3-20. 

VINCENT, A.C. and H.J. HALL. 1996. The 
threatened status of marine fishes. Tree 
11(9):360-361. 

WEISS, HARRY B. 1947. Entomological 
medicaments of the past. Journal of t 
New York Entomological Society 55:155- 


WERNER, DAVID. 1970. Healing in the 
Sierra Madre. The Natural History 


79(9):61-66. 
ZWHALEN, ROBERT. 1996. Traditional 
— ee + é, 2 i ttt. 


Indigenous Knowledge and 
Development Monitor 4(3):1-7. 


106 COSTA-NETO & MARQUES Vol. 20, No. 1 


APPENDIX.- Folk prescriptions of zootherapeutic resources used by artisanal fishermen 
from Siribinha Beach, state of Bahia, Brazil. 


MOLLUSKS 


Octopus, “Polvo” (Octopus cf. variegatus) Cephalopoda, Octopodidae 
et the “arms” (tentacles), toast them, and then grind to make a tea that 
is drunk for curing asthma; 
The powder of the toasted “lixa” (shell rudiment ?) is mse to make a 
tea, which is drunk to treat “doenca do vento” (stroke 
Get the hide (skin), burn it, and breathe the smoke to ne headache. 


Squid, “Lula” (Loligo sp. ?) Cephalopoda, Lolliginidae 
Get the “stone” (internal shell), toast it, and make a tea for curing asthma. 


ECHINODERMS 
Sand Dollar, “Estrela-da-costa” (Mellita sp.) Echinoidea, Mellitidae 
The whole toasted starfish is turned into a tea to treat asthma. 
Sea Urchin, “Pinatina” (Echinometra lucunter) Echinoidea, Echinometridae 
Idem 
Starfish, “Estrela-do-mar” (Luidia senegalensis) Asteroidea, Luidiidae 
Idem 
CRUSTACEANS 


Giant Land Crab, “Gaiamum” (Cardisoma guanhumi) | Decapoda, Gecarcinidae 
Get the “fel” (fat?), make a plaster, and put it on wounds to help their 
cicatrization. 


Ghost Crab, “Grauga” (Ocypode quadrata) Decapoda, Ocypodidae 
Get a ghost crab, toast it, and then grind to make a tea, which is drunk 
to treat asthma. 


Hermit Crab, “Caranguejo-ermitao” (Species not determined) Anomura, 
Paguridae 
Get a hermit crab, take it away from the shell, toast it and grind to make 
a tea; then drink it to treat women’s hemorrhage. 


Jellyfish Crab, “Caranguejo-da-dgua-viva” (Specimen not collected) ? 
The whole crab is turned into a tea, which is useful for asthma. 


Mangrove Crab, “Uca” (Ucides cordatus) Decapoda, Ocypodidae 
Get the fat, filter it, mix it with white wine, and then drink it for treating 
women’s hemorrhage. 


Summer 2000 JOURNAL OF ETHNOBIOLOGY 107 


FISHES 


Atlantic Tarpon, “Cangurupim” (Tarpon atlanticus) Elopiformes, Elopidae 
Get a scale, burn it, and breathe the smoke for curing “doenca do vento” 
(stroke?), headache, and asthma. 

Get a scale, toast it, then grind and make a tea to treat asthma. 


Cascarudo, “Caboge” (Callichthys cf. callichthys) Siluriformes, Callichthyidae 
Someone who has faith split into its mouth three times and then free it 
alive in the river to be healed from asthma; 
Eat one in cases of umbilical hernia. 


Coco Sea Catfish, “Bagre-fidalgo” (Bagre bagre) Siluriformes, Ariidae 
Rub the globe of the eye over the area that was injured by its spur to 
alleviate pain. 


Cod, “Bacalhau” (Gadus cf. marhua) Gadiformes, Gadidae 
Put the hide (skin) on furuncles. 


Croak, “Curvina” (Micropogonias furnieri) Perciformes, Scianidae 
Get the otolith and make a tea. 


Curimata, “Xira” (Prochilodus sp.) Characiformes, Prochilodontidae 
Get the fat and make a plaster to treat boils. 


Electric ray, “Peixe-elétrico” (Narcine brasiliensis) Torpediniformes, Narcinidae 
Put the fat on the tooth to treat toothache. 

Grunt, “Bonome” (Haemulon sp.) Perciformes, Haemulidae 
Rub the fat of the liver over swollen areas. 

Long-Snout Seahorse, “Cavalo-marinho” (Hippocampus reidi) 

Gasterosteiformes, Syngnathidae 

Get one, let it to be sun-dried, then toast it and grind to make a tea, 
which is drunk in cases of asthma. 


Marine Catfish, “Bagre-urutu” (Sciadeichthys luniscutis) Siluriformes, Ariidae 
Rub the globe of the eye over the area that was injured by its spur to 
alleviate pain. 

Pufferfish, “Baiacu-xaréu” (Colomesus sp.) | Tetraodontiformes, Tetraodontidae 
Put the content of the liver (“fel”) in the tooth to alleviate toothache; 

Get the hide (skin) and cover the wounds with it. 


Queen Triggerfish, “Capado” (Balistes vetula) Tetraodontiformes, Balistidae 
Get the scale, burn it, and breathe the smoke for curing stroke, 
Get the fat of the liver, put it in a piece of cotton, and then introduce it 
inside the ear; it is useful for curing earache; ae 
Get the spur, toast it, and then grind to make a tea which is drunk 
against its own venom; 
The toasted fat is drunk against stroke; ; 
Get the hide (skin), burn it, and breathe the smoke to treat asthma and stroke; 
Rub the “goga do olho” (globe of the eye) over the area that was stung 
by its spur. 


108 COSTA-NETO & MARQUES Vol. 20, No. 1 


Remora, “Pegador” (Echeneis naucrates) Perciformes, Echeneidae 
Get the sucking disk, let it to be sun-dried, then toast it and grind to 
make a tea which is drunk for curing bronchitis and asthma. 


Scalloped Hammerhead (Sphyrna lewint) Carcharhiniformes, Carcharhinidae 
Toast the liver, get the fat and drink it to treat as ; 
Massage fat on rheumatic parts of the body; 
Rub the fat over wounds. 


Sharpnose Shark, “Cacao-rabo-seco” (Rhizoprionodon sp.) | Carcharhiniformes, 
archarhinidae 
Toast the liver, get the fat and drink it to treat asthma; 
Massage fat on rheumatic parts of the body; 
Rub the fat over wounds. 


Sheepshead Porgy, ” ‘Peixe-pena” (Calamus pena ?) Perciformes, Sparidae 
Toast the “pena” (fin ?) and grind it to make a tea for curing asthma 


Smalltail Shark, “Cacao-gaia-preta” (Carcharhinus porosos) | Carcharhiniformes, 
Carcharhinidae 
Toast the liver, get the fat and drink it to treat asthma; 
Massage fat on rheumatic parts of the body; 
Rub the fat over wounds. 


Snook, “Rubalao” (Centropomus undecimalis) Perciformes, Centropomidae 
Get the fat, toast it, and rub it over swollen legs. 


Stingray, “Arraia” (Myliobates sp.) Sianeli Myliobatidae 
Toast the spur, grind it and make a tea for curing asthm 
Put the powder of the toasted spur in a broken tooth to amas the 


Pats 
Toast the fat and drink it against asthma; 
Put the fat over wounds. 


Swamp eel, “Mucum” (Synbranchus marmoratus) Synbranchiformes, 
Synbranchidae 
Split into its mouth and free it alive in order to treat bronchitis; 
Rub a live fish over an infant child’s legs to make him/her walk sooner. 


Toadfish, “Niquim” (Thalassophryne nattereri) Batrachoidiformes, Batrachoididae 
Get = globe of the eye and rub it over the area that was injured by its 


Rub the Resrnaeod (soft part of the head) over the injured area in order to 
ke the pain away; 

Eat three esiiees roasted toadfish to abi feeling pains in the next 

time when someone gets injured by its spur. 


Trahira, “Traira” (Hoplias malabaricus) Characiformes, Erythrinidae 
Get the fat, toast it and use it for curing toothache, asthma, bleedings, 
boils, and wounds; 
The raw fat is recommended as an antidote against snakebites; 
Rub the fat over the eyes in order to treat conjunctivitis. 


Summer 2000 JOURNAL OF ETHNOBIOLOGY 109 


Two-spot Astyanax, “Piaba-mirim” (Astyanax cf. bimaculatus) | Characiformes, 
Characidae 
Get three live fish and grind them; then put the resulting mass in a 
white rum bottle and bury it for a period of five days. After this, make 
someone drink it in order to stop drinking. 


White Sea Catfish, “Bagre-do-mangue” (Netuma barba) Siluriformes, Ariidae 
Rub the globe of the eye over the area that was injured by its spur to 
alleviate pain. 


REPTILES 


Green Turtle, “Tartaruga-verde” (Chelonia mydas) Testudines, Cheloniidae 
The fat is toasted and rubbed over wounds and bangs; 
Put the fat in a piece of cotton and apply it on painful tooth; 
Get a small piece of the shell, burn it, and breathe the smoke for curing 
asthma; 
Get the rear foot, burn it, and breathe the smoke to treat stroke; 
Toast the shell of the egg, grind it, and put the powder to be boiled; then 
cover it for a while and drink it to treat asthma; 
A cooked egg is eaten for the treatment of diabetes; 
Drink the toasted fat in cases of headache, cough, bronchitis, hoarseness, 
and asthma; 
Mix the fat with honeybee and drink it to treat asthma and flu. 


Hawksbill Turtle, “Tartaruga-de-pente” (Eretmochelys imbricata) Testudines, 
heloniidae 


Idem 


Loggerhead Turtle, “Tartaruga-cabecguda” (Caretta caretta)Testudines, Cheloniidae 
Idem 


Olive Ridley, “Tartaruga-de-couro” (Lepidochelys olivacea)Testudines, Cheloniidae 
Idem 


MAMMALS 


Whale (Specimen not determined) Cetacea 


Put the fat on a teaspoon, warm it, and drink it against asthma; 
Sit down on a vertebra in order to treat backaches. 


110 BOOK REVIEWS Vol. 20, No. 1 


Responding to Bioprospecting: from biodiversity in the South to medicine in 
the North. Hanne Svarstad and Shivcharn S. Dhillion ( Eds). Spartacus Forlag 
As, Oslo. 2000. Pp. 220. $ 17.95. ISBN 82-430-0163-8 


Responding to Bioprospecting, provides an even handed look at the cultural, 
economic, an g ethical and unethical biodiversity 
prospecting. This volume is poignant in its anecdotes and discussions that range 
from issues of biopiracy, to what is needed for truly ethical bioprospecting in Af- 
rica. As one moves through the fourteen essays which immediately offer a crash 
course in “bioprospecting 101” and beyond, the reader will be immersed in not 
just the polarization that influences this issue, but many of the historical nuances 
that come to bear on bioprospecting. The volume begins with a powerful “picture 
this” example, when on vacation in Norway in 1969, a Swiss scientist collects a 
few soil samples. After some 30 years, including 11 years of research and develop- 
ment, that hand full of soil has yielded a pharmaceutical company US$ 1.2 billion 
in sales (page 9). 

Part one of Responding to Bioprospecting comprises the first seven chapters 
which provide an in depth examination of the origins of bioprospecting. The first 
section is silent in its analysis of the differences between bioprospecting and 
biopiracy. In addition, the issues confronting the commercialization of medicinal 
plants and concerns regarding the phytomedicine industries use of “best prac- 
tices” are covered. Part two of the volume offers examples of engagement between 
the scientific community and traditional healers. Of particular interest are Chap- 
ter Eight’s insights on a working model of bioprospecting reciprocity in Mali. The 
final section covers Chapters 12 through 14, which discuss legal issues that ham- 
per denied development nations in their efforts to be equal partners in 
bioprospecting. While the essays in Responding to Bioprospecting are diverse and 
objective, missing is the voice of bioprospecting opponent Vandana Shiva. While 
Shiva is often cited in the articles, she does not have a contributing essay in the 
volume. Shiva would enhance Responding to Bioprospecting had it included a piece 
by her. 

It remains to be seen whether or not there can be an ethical and fair en- 
gagement within the bioprospecting arena. Yet, in Responding to Bioprospecting the 
reader is presented with the often-used model of INBIO and Merck & Co in Costa 
Rica. There is a great deal of success and technological exchange in this particular 
arrangement that can be applied to other NGO/Industry agreements. But it should 
be understood that the Merck/Costa Rica deal is essentially a contract between a 
government and an industry leader and that bioprospecting takes place on gov- 
ernmental land reserves, hence “no work in agricultural lands or areas under 

t of groups” takes place (page 54). Similar situations rarely 
exist elsewhere. Instead, most bioprospecting efforts take place in indigenous 
pauaere 


hough many indigenous groups have failed to benefit from past 
Se cca efforts, the volume does provide some pias ed of current or re- 
cent agreements in which indigenous groups and ethnic minori with 
bioprospectors. An example of this cooperation appears in Fate 10, which 
examines the relationship between a rural community and Shaman Pharmaceuti- 


Summer 2000 JOURNAL OF ETHNOBIOLOGY 111 


cals. This chapter illustrates the trial and error process that many traditional com- 
munities currently find themselves in when dealing with bioprospecting interests 
The question that often arises is, can these communities withstand this trial and 
error process, and is it ethical to have unwitting communities enduring a process 
that can be avoided? History shows that if equitable arrangements are not agreed 
upon, communities find their own traditional knowledge becomes contested. 

No single essay in Responding to Bioprospecting ties together all the vari- 
ables that keep the usually one-sided bioprospecting structures in place. But by 
the book’s end it is very apparent that this collection outlines the bi-polar posi- 
tions on the issue of bioprospecting, and it details many of the undercurrents and 
inner-workings of this industry. To this volume’s credit, Responding to Bioprospecting 
provides thorough coverage of biodiversity conservation issues. Unfortunately, it 
does not provide enough material regarding issues such as the loss of cultural 
diversity. Far too little attention is given to the cultural alterations that belie the 
aftermath of bioprospecting be it ethical or not. Also missing from the volume is 
examinations of the role advances in technology have played in making 
bioprospecting a lucrative industry in the last decade, and the pressure this these 
technological advances have on denied development countries. The failure on the 
part of the editors to include an essay on the role of bioprospecting and its links to 
health issues in both the nations of the North and South should not be seen as 
blind omission. Such oversights are often corrected in second editions. Given the 
broad array of topics covered in this volume, Responding to Bioprospecting is well 
worth the read for ethnobiologists interested in this topic. 


Phoenix Savage 

Department of Sociology and Anthropology 
University of Mississippi 

University, MS 38677 


112 BOOK REVIEWS Vol. 20, No. 1 


Aboriginal Plant Use in Canada’s Northwest Boreal Forest. Robin J. Marles, 
Christina Clavelle, Leslie Monteleone, Natalie Tays, and Donna Burns. UBC 
Press, Vancouver. 2000. $29.95 (paperback), $75.00 (clothbound). Pp. 368. ISBN 
0-7748-0738-5 (paperback), 0-7748-0737-7 (clothbound). 


Aboriginal Plant Use in Canada’s Northwest Boreal Forest describes over 200 of the 
traditional plants and plant products (foods, medicines, and materials for handicrafts 
or technologies) of the Cree, Dene, and Métis peoples living in the northwest boreal 
forest regions of central to Northern Manitoba, Saskatchewan, and Alberta. The book 
is a compilation of original ethnobotanical fieldwork and supplemental information 
derived from the literature (on etl tritive and medicinal plant value, and 
ecological impact and economic potential of commercial plant development). 

It attempts more than simply a list of useful plants by including an extensive 
introductory section detailing research methods, and ecological and cultural back- 
grounds. Sources of related literature on boreal plant uses are also included. In 
addition to mee plant uses, cag aiectine of the fieldwork included train- 
ing Aboriginal student h within their own 
communities, identifying ao with the potential for sustainable harvesting and 
economic development, and preparing Aboriginal peoples for a role in the develop- 
ment process. The authors indicate their concern for maintaining Aboriginal rights 
to intellectual properties, and briefly outline how they attempted to respect these 
and other related issues (e.g., including only information that elders wished to have 
shared, and maintaining confidentiality by using a code to identify contributors). 

The majority of the book is a listing of boreal plants and their traditional uses, 
organized into sections as follows: Fungi, Lichens, Nonvascular Plants (i.e., Mosses), 
Vascular Spore-Producing Plants (i.e., Horsetails, Clubmosses, Ferns), Gymno- 
sperms, and Angiosperms. Plants are organized alphabetically within each section 
by scientific name, but English and local Aboriginal names are also included. For 
each plant, a 1-2 page description of the plant (including photograph), its habitat, 
and uses for food, medicine, technology and ritual is provided. Properties of each 
plant (based on the literature) that may be relevant to documented and/ or poten- 
tial uses are listed, and a brief assessment of the poter tial for 
is provided. The appendices contain a list of contributors (coded by number, gen- 
der and cultural affiliation) and a list of voucher specimens. A glossary, list of 
references cited, and index are also included. 

Overall, the book is informative, well-written, highly readable, and serves a 
broad range of academic, government, commercial, and local interests. The plant 
use information will be a handy resource for anyone interested in culturally-im- 
portant plants of the Canadian northwest boreal forest, while the additional research 
methodologies, cultural information, ecological background and development 
potential provide a context that will enable the reader to appreciate some of the 
wider aspects related to documenting Aboriginal plant knowledge and use. 


Kelly Bannister 

Department of Botany 
University of British Columbia 
Vancouver, B. C. V6T 1Z4 


Journal of Ethnobiology 20(1): 113-127 Summer 2000 


FOLK CLASSIFICATION AND CONSERVATION OF BAMBOO 
IN XISHUANGBANNA, YUNNAN, SOUTHWEST CHINA 


WANG KANGLIN, XU JIANCHU, PEI SHENGJI, AND CHEN SANYANG 
Department za Ethnobotany, Kunming Institute of Botany 
he Chinese Academy of Sciences 
pt 650204, P. R. China 
aie TEE Indigenous knowledge systems concerning the soneiarrilime 
vation of bamboo resources in ethnic 
fon pay an important none in sustainable sien sense Folk seinen en 
China. 


Indigenous peoples classify ea based primarily on plants’ economic uses, 
orms, growth ha bitats, as well a sociocultural 


values, which are strongly nent in biophysical and 
In addition, indigenous conservation practices that result from long-term 
mt, ee 1 rt = mA 1 P| 4 1 Me | hl 


and efficient production systems for the sustainable utilization of bamboo 
resources 
Key words: Folk classification, conservation, bamboo, Xishuangbanna, China 


RESUMEN.-Los sistemas de conocimiento indigenas referente a la clasificacién, 
detec Lael ag ae = An haste mera REA AS 


podria ser un factor feeriertanie en cuanto al desarollo sostenible. La clasificaci6n 

usada por los campesinos toma una posici6n significante en los sistemas de 

identificacién de plantas de las minorias nacionales de la China. Los indigenas 

clasifican plantas basdndose primordialmente en su uso econémico, sus 

caracteristicas morfolégicas, sus formas de vida, sus habitats de crecimiento, 

ademas de sus valores socioculturales que estan fuertemente radicados en 
7 ee Pi $5 e_* . 14 1 En adicid 4 ] eee 27 


1c10n 
y ihe eG 
one’ P ae bles y tes F la utilizacion 


ig 1 
sostenible de los recursos del bambu. 


RESUME.-Les systémes de connaissance indigéne concernant la classification, 
Videntification, la nomenclature et la protection des ressources en bambou dans 
les régions ethniques ont un réle important 4 jouer dans le maintien du 


aaah La classification is saree est une sassitadertin ie aml du 
systeme ee Les 


“oe “at 1 } 


commerciales, leurs caractéristiques es, leurs formes de vie, leurs 
habitats ainsi que sur des valeurs socioculturelles fortement enracinées eae les 
environnements et socioculturels. | En outre, les pratiq g e de 
protection assurent d’une fagon t effi l intien de l'utilisation 
des ressources en bambou qui proviennent ellesméme d’une interaction a long 
terme entre les peuples et la nature. 


114 KANGLIN et al. Vol. 20, No. 1 


INTRODUCTION 


1 1 1 


Bamboo, together with several groups of I d grass, is clas- 
sified by taxonomists as the subfamily Bambusoideae within the grass family 
Gramineae (Poaceae). As ornamental pean and sources of raw material for pa- 
permaking, textiles, basketry, matting, rope, house truction, furniture, bridges, 
and fishing equipment, bamboo provides a greater diversity of uses in Asia than 
any other group of closely related plants (McClure 1956). 

Bamboo is an important non-timber forest product (NTFP) with a high com- 
mercial value. As an important resource, bamboo has been exploited and utilized 
by various institutions. Heightened attention has resulted from greater recogni- 
tion of the need for sustainable use of natural resources, and the need to maintain 
biodiversity while pursuing economic development (Williams et al. 1991). How- 
ever, increasing demand for the world’s bamboo resources is related to a series of 
threats to bamboo diversity, and has led to the extinction of a number of bamboo 
genetic resources. Over-exploitation and habitat destruction of bamboo genetic 
resources increases these threats. For example, in the Indian Himalayan region, 
twelve species of bamboo have been marked as rare and endangered due to biotic 
pressure coupled with biological phenomena such as periodic flowering, poor seed 
setting and indiscriminate exploitation (Biswas et al. 1997). Qiongzhuea tumidinoda 
in Yunnan is one bamboo species known for its beautiful culms (stems) and has 
been exported to south Asia since as early as the ancient Han Dynasty (1,200 years 
ago). The shoots of this bamboo species are exported to Japan and other countries 
every year. ae to the over-exploitation of this bamboo for various ornamental, 

d handicraft purposes, it is now one of two species of Bambusoideae 
on the list of Beene Preserved | Plants. 

In contrast, indi as the Hani, Dai and Jinuo in Yunnan, 
nes China have been using traditional methods and strategies of bamboo 
exploitation that lead to the sustainable utilization and development of bamboo 
resources. It is therefore important to study the indigenous knowledge systems 
that relate to the classification, identification, utilization, management and con- 
servation of bamboo resources. 


OBJECTIVES 


The objective of this paper is to survey, describe and evaluate bamboo species 
that are classified and conserved by indigenous communities in Xishuangbanna, 
unnan Province, China utilizing ethnobotanical methods, and to propose ap- 
proaches for the sustainable management and conservation of bamboo resources 
by g relevant indig owledge. Three objectives were therefore 
identified i in rcs study: (1) to survey and collect indigenous knowledge on classi- 
fication, nomenclature, and conservation of bamboo resources in indigenous 
communities; (2) to describe and discuss the folk classification system of bamboo; 
and (3) to determine and describe the conservation practices of bamboo resources 
by indigenous communities in Xishuangbanna, Yunnan. 


Summer 2000 JOURNAL OF ETHNOBIOLOGY 413 


STUDY AREA 


The study area is located in Xishuangbanna, Yunnan Province in southwest 
China. Yunnan Province is an inland and remote province in southwest China, 
located within 21°8' - 29°15' N and 97°32' - 106°12' E. Xishuangbanna is located in 
the southwest of Yunnan Province, bordering Myanmar and Laos (Figure 1). 

G is located at the southeast end of the Hengduan 
mountains- the eastern appendages of the Himalayas. Xishuangbanna lies within 
21°10' - 22°40' N, and 99°55' - 101°50' E with a total area of 1,922,300 hectares, of 
which 94% consists of mountainous and hilly terrain, with river valleys making 
up the remaining area. The elevation is low in the south and high in the north; 
from the south to the north the elevation rises from 420 m to 2,800 m above sea 
level. The annual rainfall ranges from 1,138 to 2,431 mm, the annual mean tem- 
perature varies from 15°C in winter to 22°the C in the summer, and the annual 
mean relative humidity is between 70 - 80%. The unique landforms and complex 
physical conditions make Xishuangbanna a diverse ecological environment with 
various ecosystems. Tropical forests account for 33.8% of the total area cover. The 
biological resources are so plentiful that Xishuangbanna is known as “the king- 
dom of wild flora and fauna.” Xishuangbanna is home to the vast majority of 


am COUNTY wt JIANGCHENG 
<1 CUUNLY 


LANCANG ~ es iia 
COUNTY 
“n 


; LEGEND « 
Mi - Study site e- Town 
Mengla - Seat ef Mengla County 1 - Menggang 
Jinghang - Seat of.linghang County 2. Menghux LAOS 
Menghai-SeatofMenghai County 3 - Gadong 


FIGURE 1.- Map of the study area and research sites in Xishuangbanna, Yunnan 
Province, China 


116 KANGLIN et al. Vol. 20, No. 1 


plants and animal species found in China. A total of 4669 higher plant species, 
subspecies or varieties belonging to 1697 genera of 282 families have been recorded 
in Xishuangbanna (Li et al. 1996). Nearly one sixth of the total species of China 
(30,000 species) can be found here, although it constitutes only one five hundredth 
of China’s total land area. 

Xishuangbanna is a multi ethnic area. It is comprised of 13 different ethnic 
groups which include Dai, Hani (also called Aini), Mes  Bulang, “A; hes Yao, 
Wa, Hui, Bai, Zhuang, Miao, Buyi, and other unid (e.g., Kemo, 
Kemie, and Kongge). Each ethnic group has its own language and folk knowl- 
edge, especially concerning the utilization, management, and conservation of 
natural resources. Bamboo is a useful plant and its cultivation is widespread, be- 
ing used by all of the ethnic communities. 


METHODOLOGY 


Literature search.— The first stage in this study included a background search for 
information, specimens, and documentation related to the taxonomy of bamboo 
and indigenous knowledge systems of folk classification, identification and con- 
servation of bamboo resources. 


Site visits and interviews.— The second stage involved visiting sites and interview- 
ing local people. In this study, the sites were selected based on three criteria: species, 
cultural diversity, and economic diversity. The research team visited twenty three 
study sites (Figure 1) were visited. More than 100 local people were interviewed 
concerning the distribution, habit, ecological condition, and regeneration of bam- 
boo, as well as indigenous knowledge systems of folk classification, utilization 
management and conservation of bamboo. Interviews with local people were con- 
ducted in three phases. In the first phase the local leaders and experienced persons 
were asked to recall important and/or memorable bamboo species in the study 
area. This phase was usually done at night. The interviewers used a previously 
prepared questionnaire with simple and clear questions (Table 1, part I). The sec- 
ond set of interviews involved general and specific questions that were related to 
the species mentioned in the first interview, and were used to serve as a guide in 
the field survey (Table 1, Part II). The third and final phase of interview stage 
involved a group interview in which respected members of the local community 
were asked to assess the nature of use and confirm the local names of bamboo 
species. The study included community elders as they have a historical perspec- 
tive of the use of the bamboo resources. 


Field observation and specimen collection. Information on culm habit (strictly erect, 
pendulous or climbing), rhizome system (sympodial or monopodial), culm char- 
acteristics (height, diameter, branching, node, internode, etc.), culm sheaths (the 
fifth culm sheath was characterized based on the general appearance, size, texture 
and shape of sheath and their blades), leaves, and inflorescence (by presentation) 
was recorded. This field investigation included some accurate and detailed infor- 
mation, such as local names and their meaning, diagnostic characteristics, 
distribution, special utilization and conservation practice, and so on. In addition, 
market data were recorded in detail. 


Summer 2000 JOURNAL OF ETHNOBIOLOGY 117 


TABLE 1.— Bamboo interview instrument 


Part I: General Investigation 


Village: Name of Farmer: 

Collector(s): Date: Collection No.: 

How many bamboo species are in your area? (Lists of local names): 
1) Wild: 
2) Cultivation: 

Which bamboo do you like to cultivate? (Lists of local names): 


Where is the bamboo cultivated?: 1. home garden, 2. swidden field, 3. bamboo garden, 
4. bank of channel, 5. forest-land, 6. Other 

How much bamboo is harvested in one year?: Culms__; Shoots:____ kg 

How do you propagate bamboo?: 1. rooted cutting, 2. rhizome-offset, 3. culm cutting, 
4. branch cutting, 5. seedling, 6. Other 

Remarks: 


Part II. Specific Bamboo Species Investigation 


Vernacular Name ; Meaning 
Important Characteristics (for identification): 
Habitat: 1. cultivated, 2. disturbed, 3. partly disturbed, 4. other 
Rhizome Types: 1. sympodial (dense clump), 2. monopodial (scattered clump) 
Culm Habit: 1. erect, 2. arching over 3. decumbent, 4. scandent / climbing 


Culm: 1. height m, 2. diameter cm, 3. thickness cm, 4. internode length 
cm, 5. surface: a) glaucous, b) glabrous, c) hairy, d) spinules present, e) striate, 
f) color, g) other 


Number of Branches: 1. single, 2. two, 3. three, 
4. multi-branching: a) with main branch, b) without main branch 
Culm Sheath: 1.characteristics: a) persistent, b) caducous, c) deciduous d) other 
2. texture: a) soft, b) hard, c) leathery, d) others 
3. surface: a) glaucous, b) glabrous, c) hairy, d) spinules present and e) other ____ 
Sheath blade: 1. erect 2. horizontal 3. reflexed, 4. hairy 
Leaf: 1. large, 2. medium, 3. small, 4. other (specify) 
Uses: 1. shoot: a) sweet, b) bitter, c) fresh use, d) dry use, e) pickled shoot, f) sour shoot 
2. building material: a) pillar, b) scaffolding, c) framework, d) wall or ceilings 
3. weaving materials; 4. furniture; 5. agriculture tools, 6. ornamental, 7. medicine 
8. music instrument, 9. folk belief, 10. other (specify) 
Wood Quality Parameters: 1. strength: a) hard, b) soft, c) durable 
2. elasticity: a) very good, b) good, c) poor, d) other (specify) 
3. smoothness: a) smooth, b) rough, c) other 
Market Potential: 1. very good, 3. good, 3. poor, 4. other 
Remarks: 


118 KANGLIN et al. Vol. 20, No. 1 


Identification and examination of herbarium specimens.— Consultation and examina- 
tion of herbarium materials of related bamboo species was conducted in various 
institutions and universities. The collected specimens were identified and exam- 
ined based on folk classification and scientific taxonomic MaaWIeUS An 
ethnobotanical inventory was carried out based ont 
The inventory included scientific names, vernacular names, uses, distribution, and 
voucher specimens, although the inventory is not included due to the space limi- 
tations of the paper 


FOLK CLASSIFICATION 


It is common knowledge that when plants are utilized for any purpose, un- 
derstanding their value and characteristics are very important. Folk classification 
has a very important role in the identification system of Yunnan’s and China’s 
minorities. In China, especially in the indigenous communities of Xishuangbanna, 
local people classify plants mainly based on local language, production practices, 
social customs, legends, economic utilization, morphological characteristics, and 
growth habits, which have very important economic and functional values (Wang 
and Hsueh 1990). Different ethnic communities may have different folk classifica- 
tion systems. For example, Hani people in Mengsong of Xishuangbanna use and 
recognize bamboo through traditional knowledge of bamboo habit, utilization and 
other characteristics. They understand the differences between erect and climbing 
bamboo. Erect bamboo is called Ag or Al (in Hani) as the first name, and climbing 
bamboo is called Hag. Second, they give bamboo lower taxonomic rankings ac- 
cording to the morphological or utilization characteristics (Tables 2 and 3). 

Dai folk classifications systems are more integrated and closer to Western sci- 
ence than the Hani system. For example, Dai people assign small-leaved 
se ete spp. to the group Maisang, glaucous-culmed ones to the group 
Maihe, and group culmed ane hes: sashes spp. to Maishua (Table 4). The Dai 
folk classification system of bam d exactly to Linnaeus’ taxo- 
nomic system, but it is similar in the concepts of group, species and subspecies. 

In comparison with scientific taxonomy, indigenous folk classification offers 
some important benefits. (1) Folk classification is often faster to use and simpler 
than the modern scientific taxonomy. Folk classification names a kind of bamboo 


TABLE 2.— Folk classification of bamboo as related to use in Hani Communities of 
Mengsong, Xishuangbanna 


Hani Name Meanings Bamboo Species 
aqqyul qyul ‘sweet’, bamboo shoot is sweet = Dendrocalamus hamiltonii 
alhaq hag ‘bitter’, bamboo shoot is bitter Indosasa singulispicula 
almal mal ‘flute film’, bamboo film used to Phyllostachys mannii 
make the bamboo flute 


aqmiov miov ‘not seen’; it is said “a pig that |= Cephalostachyum fuchsianum 
eats this bamboo seed will die” 


Summer 2000 JOURNAL OF ETHNOBIOLOGY 119 


TABLE 3.— Folk cassification of bamboo according to habit and character in Hani 
Communities of Mengsong, Xishuangbanna 


Hani Name Meanings Botanical Name 
aqpeel peel ‘big’: big bamboo Dendrocalamus giganteus 
aqbaol baol ‘wild’: wild bamboo Dendrocalamus sp. 
alnml Inml ‘thorn’: internodes have thorns, _ Chimonocalamus fimbriatus 
and young shoots are good, abundant _ var. ligulatus 
and dense 

alquq qugq ‘thorn’: but the younger shoots Chimonobambusa yunnanensis 
grow sparsely var. glabra 

agjul jul ‘smooth’: culm is smooth Dendrocalamus strictus 

aqljul Ijul: similar to jul, buteven smoother — Fargesia sp. 

aqxao-aglan xao ‘stripe’, lan ‘grayish white’: culm —Gigantochloa nigrociliata 

gray with stripe 

aqxao-xeel _xeel ‘green’: so culm green with stripe Dendrocalamus membranaceus 

var. striatus 
aqyeq yeq ‘black’: culm is black Dendrocalamus sp. 


haqgeeq(-mal) hag ‘climbing’, geeq ‘wild’: climbing | Melocalamus compactiflorus 
amboo with wide culm-node 
haggeq-aqzaog aqzaog ‘narrow’: climbing bamboo Melocalamus sp. 1 
with narrow culm-node 
haggeq-aqxeel agqxeel ‘thin’: climbing bamboo with Melocalamus sp. 2 
thin culm-wal 
Jeiqnav bamboo shoot very dense and abundant _Indosasa sp. 


based on direct observation and evaluative characteristics, whereas scientific clas- 
sification often requires herbarium study. (2) The local name or folk classification 
can facilitate communication between local people and researchers. However, 
skilled ethnobotanists must know and understand the local names of related spe- 
cies, then use the names and morphological characteristics to match the folk taxon 
with a scientific name or names. (3) Folk names are often related to use, and to 
characteristics and first-hand experience. Folk classification can offer important 
clues to the exploitation of the resource by local people, and thus is useful for 
commercial and government planning, and to scientific researchers. . 

However, folk classification, in comparison with scientific classification, has a 
number of disadvantages. (1) Heterogeneity: similar bamboo species within a vil- 
lage or other villages may be referred to by different name (Table 5), or different 
bamboo species may be given a similar local name. (2) Limitation: bamboo folk 
classification, like all other forms of indigenous systems, has its limitations. Hani 
people divide bamboo into only two types: erect bamboo (Aq or Al) and climbing 
bamboo (Haqgeeg). 


120 KANGLIN et al. Vol. 20, No. 1 


TABLE 4.— Group and individual names for bamboo species in a Dai Community 


Group name Individual Name Bamboo Species 

Maisang l 

Maisanghe D. membranaceus f. fimbriligulatus 

Maisanglai D. membranaceus f. striatus 
Maisang:Dendrocalamus spp. Maisanghuan D. membranaceus f. crinitus 
with smaller leaves Maisanghai D. membranaceus f. bigemmatus 

Maisangkou D. membranaceus f. pilosus 

Maisangdaben D. membranaceus var. sulcatus 

Maisanglan D. barbatus 

Maisangbo D. albostriatus 

Maithegai D. semiscandens 

Maihelao D. brandisii 

Maihelan D. brandisii f. hispiatus 
Maihe: Dendrocalamus spp. Maihezhang D. hookeri 
with glaucous or white haired Maihelong D. hamiltonii var. serratus 
culm. Maihegaihao D. longiligulatus 

Maihemen D. longiligulatus f. lacanus 

] D. longiligulatus f. striatus 

Maishua Gigantochloa nigrociliata 
Maishua: Gigantochloa spp., Maiheshua G. felix 
with striated culm Maishuahei G. sp. 1 

Maishuanai G. sp. 2 


INDIGENOUS PROPAGATION PRACTICES 


Cultivation of anumber of bamboo species around houses, villages and fields 
is a tradition of many ethnic communities and individuals in Xishuangbanna. For 
example, the Hani families in Mengsong cultivate a bea number of bamboos 
(Table 6, based on semi-structured interviews and sam 
A local community usually prefers to plant bamboo ‘and rattan together, because 
the bamboo supports the rattan. In recent years, ginger and tobacco have been 
intercropped with younger bamboo clumps for economic and ecological reasons. 

Rooting of culm cuttings is traditionally used in propagating bamboo by eth- 
nic communities of Xishuangbanna. However, Hani people in Mengsong 
commonly plant branch-cuttings of Aqqyul (Dendrocalamus hamiltonii) in swidden 
fields. They believe that this method results in slowing the growth of bamboo. 

Bamboo plays an important role in the local economy. Table 7 shows economic 
statistics from the Menglong town government. Although these figures are not 
exact, they show the role of bamboo in indigenous communities. Other case stud- 
ies have shown that bamboo and rattan together occupy the seventh position in 
the local economy based on semi-structured questionnaires (Wang 1998). 


Summer 2000 


JOURNAL OF ETHNOBIOLOGY 


121 


TABLE 5.— Names with translation, of Indosasa singulispicula in different ethnic 


communities 
Ethnic communities Local Name Meanings 
Dai Commmunity Maihong Mai ‘bamboo’, hong ‘bitter’ 
Hani Community Alhag Al ‘erect bamboo’, hag ‘bitter’ 
Aini Community Raha Ra ‘erect bamboo’, hag ‘bitter’ 


Yao Community 


Laoying-zhang 


Kucong Community | Wakada 


Lao ‘bamboo’, ying ‘bitter’, zhang ‘small’ 


Wa ‘bamboo’, ka ‘bitter’, da ‘shoot’ 


TABLE 6.— The status of cultivation and utilization of bamboo in Mengsong Villages 


Item sample No. of groves No. of species No. of shoots/ No. of culms used 
per household groves/year per household 
1 20 6 17.5 75 
2 9 3 - “ 
3 12 4 10 75 
4 30 4 20 30 
5 20 4 20 50 
6 20 5 25 100 
7 i? 5 5 25 
8 25 - 12 60 
9 25 + 10 75 
10 10 6 10 50 
11 10 4 15 50 
12 150 6 20 100 
ig 35 3 3 100 
14 40 50 15 100 
15 10 5 10 50 
16 50 2 20 100 
17 80 6 20 50 
18 7 3 8 35 
19 100 5 10 50 
20 15 5 20 40 
21 10 5 10 35 
Ze 18 5 10 20 
23 8 + 10 45 
24 9 ) 8 50 
25 6 2 10 20 
26 50 5 15 50 
27 20 5 18 100 
28 30 5 30 100 
29 100 - = 50 
30 45 6 10 225 
31 10 3 10 20 
Total 991 140 426.5 1993 
Average 32 4.5 14.22 64.33 


122 KANGLIN et al. Vol. 20, No. 1 


TABLE 7.- Statistics of bamboo production in Mengsong, Xishuangbanna 


No. of cut or harvested culms Dry shoots No. of weaving Total value 
Year Large Small k products* US$) 
1985 71100 - afae 648 53,192 
1986 12920 - 3896 940 12,534 
1987 13997 7550 3832 2035 18,130 
1988 12920 7550 3896 970 15,182 
* Note: 


or 


CONSERVATION 


Practices.— All ethnic communities in Xishuangbanna have a long tradition of plant- 
ing, managing and conserving bamboo. Bamboo forests are classified into three 
types of property: national, community and family/individual bamboo forests. 
These are managed or protected by different agencies or individuals. 

Based on the social, economic, cultural, and ecological surveys and studies, 
some efficient and reasonable management and conservation of bamboo genetic 
resources in pe oe are described below. 


Pa Bd 1 ee | < 


In-situ conservation.— and national policies of China 
warrant the conservation of genetic resources of bamboo in China. Especially in 
minority areas, in situ conservation, through cultivation of bamboo plants among 
or along the village boundaries through establishment of bamboo gardens, and 
the maintenance of National Nature Reserves, are efficient methods of protecting 
and conserving the bamboo germplasm of China. 

Community based conservation. Many bamboo species, naturally distributed 
and cultivated, are protected in community bamboo forests. These community 
forests are especially maintained by local religious or belief groups. Sangpabawa 
(the community protected forest in Hani communities), Nong Man or Nong Meng 
(community Holy Hills), Nong Ban (village Holy Hills in Dai ethnic groups), Ba 
Hao and Lao Ben (Graveyard forests, in Dai and Hani communities, respectively), 
Gai Mei San Ha (Water-source forests in Hani communities) are protected and 
well managed. There are also many Buddhist communities and Buddhist temples 
in Xishuangbanna that conserve bamboo resources. There are four requirements 
for establishing a temple (Wa in Dai language) which are as follows: (a) a statue of 
Sakyamuni (Pagodama-Zhao, in Dai language), the founder of Buddhism, (b) a 
pagoda in which Sakyamuni’s ashes can be preserved, (c) at least five monks, and 
(d) the presence of some specified “temple-yard plants” (Pei 1991). Based on these 
requirements, many plants have been cultivated inside the temple, some of which 
include bamboo species such as Thyrsostachys siamensis, Bambusa sinospinosa, 
Dendrocalamus hamiltonii, and Phyllostachys mannii. 

Family /individual based conservation. Home gardens, bamboo gardens 
(Aqpeya, in Hani community), agroforestry practices, and swidden farming form 
a series of traditional systems for sustainable cultivation, management and con- 
servation of bamboo resources. The bamboo clumps or forests belonging to every 
family are cut, managed, and conserved by the families. For example, the Dai people 
plant the multi-purpose bamboo species in the home garden or near the village, 


Summer 2000 JOURNAL OF ETHNOBIOLOGY 123 


and Hani people establish a bamboo garden (Aqpeya) or cultivate bamboo in the 
swidden system, and in Sangpabawa. 

In general, more valuable bamboo species, such as Dendrocalamus giganteus, 
D. hamiltonii, D. barbatus, D. membranaceus, D. calostachyus, Indosasa singulispicula, 
Bambusa lapidea, Cephalostachyum pergracile, and Schizostachyum funghomii are 
planted inside home gardens or bamboo gardens. 

Swidden cultivation is practiced among all the mountain ethnic groups in the 
eastern Himalayan region. In Mengsong of Xishuangbanna, the Hani people have 
developed an agroforestry system. They cultivate bamboo in the swidden lands, 
and plant rattan using the bamboo clumps as support for the climbing rattan. 
Tobacco is intercropped among the bamboo clumps. The bamboo branch or culm 
is sometimes burned and the ash is used to fertilize tobacco. In other cases, bam- 
boo is intercropped with maize, beans, vegetables and other crops in the 
agroforestry system of the Hani community of Mengsong. Short, medium and 
long-term income is obtained from the bamboo. The sloping swidden land is used 
for long-term agriculture products, thanks to the conservation of soil by the well 
developed roots-system of bamboo plants. 

State conservation. National bamboo forests are grown and maintained in 
China’s National Nature Reserves. These bamboo species, along with other con- 
served plants in the reserves, are protected from commercial activities. 


Ex situ conservation. Ethnobotanical information is considered useful to add to 
the information on collected plants in living-plant collections, seed-germplasm 
collections and herbarium collections. Data on vernacular (local) name of plants, 
indigenous uses of plants, ecological knowledge of plants, and local management 
practices of those plants are valuable. New information, which is generated from 
ethnobotanical expeditions, helps botanical gardens make plant lists for new col- 
lections (Pei 1994). In Yunnan and Xishuangbanna, the bamboo germplasm 
collection in the Xishuangbanna Tropical Botanic Garden is important for ex situ 
conservation of bamboo resources. According to this study, more than 100 species, 
varieties, and forms of bamboo belonging to 19 genera have been planted in this 
garden and are growing well. 


Control of over-harvesting.— There are 91,800 ha of natural bamboo forests, or bam- 
boo/tree mixed forests in Xishuangbanna that belong to the state, communities, 
and individuals (Wang and Hsueh 1992). These areas are managed and harvested 
(bamboo shoots and bamboo culms) to protect the watersheds and conserve bam- 
boo gene pools. The traditional harvesting of bamboo shoots and culms from forest 
lands has been sustainable when these lands have been harvested for villager’s 
home consumption, rather than for commercial purposes. 


CONSERVATION ISSUES 
Destruction of environment and natural habitat. Destruction of the environment and 


natural habitat due to logging, shifting cultivation, and other land uses have led 
to the extinction of some bamboo species and depletion of bamboo forest resources. 


124 KANGLIN et al. Vol. 20, No. 1 


In some parts of Xishuangbanna, shifting cultivation has primarily destroyed bam- 
boo resources as a result of unscrupulous cutting of large areas of bamboo forest 
for agricultural land use (Wang and Hsueh 1992). 

e conspicuous case of habitat destruction was the establishment of rubber 
plantations on more than 43% of Jinghong farms, which were previously natural 
bamboo forest or mixed bamboo/tree forests. Moreover, large bamboo areas have 
been converted to plantations of economic crops and plants, such as banana, cof- 
fee, tea, and fruit trees. 


Over-exploitation and limited distribution.— In many cases, over-exploitation and lack 
of artificial propagation are threatening bamboo resources. For example, it is well 
known that the raw materials for papermaking, production of chopsticks and 
woven products in Xishuangbanna are supported only by the natural bamboo 
forests (Wang et al. 1993) 
he other hand, unreasonable and inefficient exploitation and utilization 
of bamboo resources have also led to the degeneration of natural bamboo stands. 
New riesgo workers who work for national farms or are employed. By local 
Hunan and other d shoots 


mostly from the natural bamboo forests. Insufficient knowledge on how to use 
and manage bamboo resources can lead to inefficient utilization and 
overexploitation. Rhizome cutting which deviates from the traditional methods of 
propagation, and culm cutting and shoot gathering by choosing only the large 
culms and stocky shoots, lead to the deterioration of bamboo species resources. 


CONCLUSION 


Indigenous knowledge concerning the identification, classification, nomen- 
clature and conservation of bamboo plants have several important roles that are 
reviewed below. 


Vernacular and scientific names.— The local plant nomenclature existed previously 
in oral tradition (Kelly and Dickinson 1985). Vernacular names of plant species are 
very important to plant resource inventories. They are based on indigenous people’s 
productive practice, social customs, legends, and economic utilization. Habit and 
morphology of plants also have economic and functional significance. It should 
be noted, however, that sometimes those vernacular or local names are not con- 
sidered very ns for id bamboo because they are often not reliable. 
Therefore, great caution is required in the interpretation of vernacular names 
(Dransfield and Widjaja 1995). 


Validity of folk classification— There is a need to recognize the value and scientific 
validity of folk classification. Recognition and methods of use of plant resources 
by indigenous people are similar to those of the scientific world. For example, 
indigenous peoples classify plants, usually using morphological characteristics 
and physiological attributes, with consideration of their growing and reproduc- 
tive habits. 


Deep knowledge and utilization of indigenous knowledge.— It is important to recognize 


Summer 2000 JOURNAL OF ETHNOBIOLOGY 125 


that there is more detailed knowledge contained in some folk classification sys- 
tems as compared to scientific classification. For example, local soil taxonomy of 
African farmers is based on soil characteristics as they relate to specific crops and, 

traditionally, provides the insight and ecological knowledge required for making 
good use of available agricultural resources (Richards 1985, cited in Dialla 1993). 

Dialla (1993) believes that the Mossi farmers classify soils in terms of cropping 
potential. The indigenous soil mecca May serve as a a complementary tool to 
scientifically based systems, an allows Mossi farmers 
to make appropriate use of their land. Conklin (1954) concluded that plant names 
are significant to the Hanunoo (Mindoro Island of the Philippines), not only as 
convenient labels for recognized plant segregates but also for the semantic asso- 
ciations of the names employed. The application of traditional knowledge could 
substantially increase previous scientific information related to flora, fauna, and 
an saa The Hanunoo could identify approximately 1,600 different varieties of 
plan ad recorded only 1,200 species (Conklin 
ene This difference reflects the fact that the Hanunoo taxonomy employs differ- 
ent principles from those followed in Linnaeus’ classification, grouping plants 
according to life form rather than in terms of genetic relationships (Rambo 1984). 
Similarly, Dai in Xishuangbanna divided a bamboo species (Dendrocalamus 
membranaceus Munro) into two types soft and hard types according to culm tex- 


Conservation.— Indigenous knowledge or practices and indigenous communities 
have played a significant role for in situ conservation of bamboo resources. Home 
gardens, bamboo gardens and swidden cultivation systems demonstrate impor- 
tant conservation practices. In addition, recognition of the rights of local 
communities is a very important step in achieving the reasonable use, efficient 
conservation, and sustainable management of bamboo resources. 


RECOMMENDATIONS 


The following recommendations are made for future research and develop- 
ment. 


Survey.— More interviews with indigenous communities and field surveys in other 
remote areas of China are necessary not only for species classification, identifica- 
tion and distribution of bamboo, but also to understand the cultural knowledge 
and uses of this important resource. 


Conservation— Plans and programs on the conservation of natural resource and 
cultural diversity should be prepared on a national scale, but with specific recom- 
mendation for each tribal group. Development plans should emphasize efficient 
conservation and sustainable exploitation of bamboo resources. The involvement 
and cooperation of different levels of beneficiaries is also necessary. 

Dissemination of technology. Some modern management methods and technolo- 


gies can improve the efficiency of resource use, increase income to indigenous 
communities, and promote the improvement of well being in these communities. 


126 KANGLIN et al. Vol. 20, No. 1 


Py hy Pe 


It is therefore imperative to new systems that will link indigenous knowl- 
edge and modern technologies for more sustainable resource development. For 
example, improved/modern methods of bamboo propagation (e.g. culm cutting, 
branch cutting, and attendant silvicultural practices) may be introduced to the 
communities. 


Financial support for in situ and ex situ conseroation.— Conservation of bamboo ge- 
netic resources is very important for in the future, but may 
be difficult due to the complexity of implementation strategies that may be af- 


fected by the diversity of resources, cultures, and financial incentives. 


ACKNOWLEDGMENTS 


Wang Kanglin would like to acknowledge the late Professor Hsueh Chiju, a botanist, 
ecologist, and forester of Southwest Forestry College (SWFC), who initially instilled in the 
mind of the author = science ce art of collection, classification, identification and 

nd inspired him to write and publish the research results. 
He also expresses his gratitude to the guidance and considerations by Dr. Mercedes U. 
Garcia, Dr. Norma O. Aguilar, Dr. Juan M. Pulhin, Dr. Ernesto P. Militante and Dr. Myrna 
G. Carandang (University of the Philippines Los Banos). He would also like to thank the 
financial support by World Wildlife Fund (WWE - USA), and Therese Grinter for the revision 
of this paper. 


We would like to thank all of people in indigenous communities of Xishuangbanna 
who have shared their extremely important knowledge with us. 


LITERATURE CITED 


BISWAS, SAS, S. CHANDRA and S. S. JAIN, 
1997. En of 


Rao d J. T. Williams (editors). 
ieienniiel Network for Bamboo and 
Rattan, India. 

CONKLIN, HAROLD C. 1954. The Relation 
of Hanunoo Culture to the Plant World. 
PhD dissertation at Yale university. 
Microfilm-xerography in 1970 by 
University Microfilms, Inc., Ann Arbor, 
ig" U.S.A. 

————-» 1957, Hanunoo Agriculture: = 

Report onan 

Cultivation in the Philippines. FAO 

Forestry Development Paper No. 

Food and Agriculture peace 

Rome. (Reprinted by Elliot’s Books, 

Northford, Connecticut, 1975). 


DIALLA, BASGA E. 1993. The se 
in Burkin 

Faso. Indigenous eis pe 

Development Monitor a 17-18 

DRANSFIELD and E WIDJAJA 
(editors). 1995. yee pleas of 
South-East Asia, No. 7: Bamboos. 
Backhuys Publishers, Leiden. 

KELLY, D. L. and T. M. DICKINSON. 1985. 
Local names for vascular plants in the 
ni Crow Mountain, Jamaica. 

ae Botany 39(3): 346-362. 

LI YANHUI et al. (editors). 1996. List of 
orang in Xishuangbanna. Yunnan 
ait Rina a of National Minorities, 


ane. 
McCLURE, F. A. 1956. Bamboos in the 
nomy of Oriental people. Economic 
Bony 10(4): 335-361. 

PEI, SHENGJI. 1991. Conservation of 
biological diversity in temple-yard and 
holy hill by Dai ethnic minorities of 
China. Economic Botany 3: 27-35 


Summer 2000 


———— . 1994. Ethnobotany in the new 
development of botanical garden. Pp. 
16-22 in Collected Research Sige on 
the Tropical Botany, Z. F. Xu et al. 
(editors), Yunnan nieces Press, 


unming. 
RAMBO, A. TERRY. 1984. Human ecology 
research by social scientists on tropical 
agroecosystems. Pp. 39-59 in An 
n to Human Ecology 
Research on Agricultural System in 
Southeast Asia, A. T. Rambo and P. E. 
Sajise (editors). University of the 
Philippines Los Banos, Philippines. 
RICHARDS, 19 Indigenous 
Agricultural Revolution: Ecology and 
Food Production in West Africa. 
Westview Press, Boulder. 
WANG, JIANHUA. 1998. Traditional 
Culture and pega dard Management 


of Mountain Ethni Group in 
Xishuangbanna: A case study of 
Mengsong ani community. 


Unpublished Master thesis, Kunming 
Institute of Botany, the Chinese 
cademy of Sciences, Kunming. 
Chinese with English abstract. 
WANG, KANGLIN and CHIRU HSUEH. 
1990. oe studies of bamboo 
resource engs 
Xishu angi ste, " Weewiart China 
Bamboo Research 10(2): 32-40 


JOURNAL OF ETHNOBIOLOGY 127 


atari 2. An approach to 
the emaiunetin of bamboo food of 
minority i 


Natural Resources 1992(5): 67-72 

, XUE JIRU, CHENG SANYANG, 
PELs SHENGII AND AI KANLA. 1993. 
Ethnobotanical puns of bamboo 
resources in Xishua nna, Yunnan, 
China. Pp. 47-65 in Collected Research 
Papers on the Tropical Botany, No. 2, Xu 
Zaifu et al. (editors). Yunnan University 
Press, Kunming (Chinese with English 


abstract). 

WILLIAMS, J. T., J. DRANSFIELD, P. M. 
GANAPATHY, W. LIESE, SALLEH M. 
NOR and C. B. SASTRY. 1991. Research 
needs for bamboo and rattan to the year 
2000. Report Submitted to IDRC by the 
Tropical gra 
International Fund for Agricultural 
Research. 


LA 


__& W783 


NOTICE TO AUTHORS - 
The Journal of Ethnobiology’s revised “ ahaa for Authors” appears in volume 19, ———— == 7% a 
(winter 1999). If you need a copy of these Guidelines you may request a copy from the Editor. 


Careful scrutiny of recent issues of the ioe should provide appropriate stylistic models for any 
manuscript you may wish to submit. 


Those submitting manuscripts for consideration for publication in the Journal should send three 
hard copies and one copy ona high ad a. oe in ee or mote format with 
original camera-ready figures. M ppror d format will be 


returned. 


Manuscripts should be sent to: 


WILLIAM BALEE 
Editor, snails of Ethnobiology 
Department of Anthropology 
ae te rsity 
ew Orleans, ey aoe USA 
(wbalee@mailhost.tcs.tulane.edu) 


BOOK REVIEWS 
We welcome suggestions on books to review or actual reviews from readers of the Journal. If you 
submit a book review for consideration please send two hard copies and one on diskette. Send 
suggestions, comments, or reviews to: 


MICHAEL K. STEINBERG 
Book Review Editor, Journal of : nieces 
hy-Anthropology 


(mstein@usm.maine.edu) 


SUBSCRIPTIONS 

Subscriptions to the Journal of Ethnobiology should be addressed to Virginia Popper, UCLA Institute 
of Archaeology, Box 951510, Fowler A-210, Los Angeles, CA 90095-1510 USA. Subscription rates are 
$60 for institutional subscriptions; $25 for students; $35 for regular individual subscriptions except 
for Latin America, for which subscriptions are $25. Joint members (with spouse, receiving a single 
copy of the Journal) pay $35. For postage outside of the USA, Canada, or Mexico, add $10. Make 
checks payable to the Journal of Ethnobiology. Defective or lost copies will be eeplaced if a written 
re roguest is Teceee heiomaaii one ties of issue. For information on back issues contact Cecil Brown, 

gy, Northern Illinois University, DeKalb, IL 60115 USA, (815) 753-0246. 


r 


CONTENTS 


ETHNOBIOTICA 2 


MATSES INDIAN RAINFOREST HABITAT CLASSIFICATION AND 
MAMMALIAN DIVERSITY IN AMAZONIAN PERU 
Fleck and Harder 1 


ETHNOECOLOGY OF WHITE GRUBS (COLEOPTERA: MELOLONTHIDAE) 
AMONG THE TZELTAL MAYA OF CHIAPAS 
Gomez et al. 43 


IDENTITY AND CURRENT ETHNOBOTANIC KNOWLEDGE OF 
FRANCISCO HERNANDEZ’S “CICIMATIC” 
Ochoterena-Booth 61 


MANAGEMENT OF TREES USED IN MURSIK (FERMENTED MILK) 
PRODUCTION IN TRANS-NZOIA DISTRIC, KENYA 
Mureithi et al. 75 


FAUNISTIC RESOURCES USED AS MEDICINES BY ARTISANAL 
FISHERMEN FROM SIRIBINHA BEACH, STATE OF BAHIA, BRAZIL 
Costa-Neto and Marques 95 


FOLK CLASSIFICATION AND CONSERVATION OF BAMBOO IN 
XISHUANGBANNA, YUNNAN, SOUTHWEST CHINA 
Kanglin et al. 113 


BOOK REVIEWS a7, #2, 110, 112